WO2022067700A1 - Communication method, apparatus, and system - Google Patents

Communication method, apparatus, and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022067700A1
WO2022067700A1 PCT/CN2020/119475 CN2020119475W WO2022067700A1 WO 2022067700 A1 WO2022067700 A1 WO 2022067700A1 CN 2020119475 W CN2020119475 W CN 2020119475W WO 2022067700 A1 WO2022067700 A1 WO 2022067700A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
drb
terminal device
information
uplink
resource scheduling
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/119475
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
马景旺
周彧
胡国杰
晋英豪
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/119475 priority Critical patent/WO2022067700A1/en
Publication of WO2022067700A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022067700A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, device, and system.
  • one access network device can provide data transmission for multiple terminal devices at the same time, and the access network device does not accurately perceive the data transmission period of the uplink data of the terminal device, and there is no communication between the terminal devices.
  • multiple terminal devices may simultaneously transmit data that requires higher transmission resources through the access network device, resulting in bursts of data traffic.
  • problems such as packet loss or retransmission may also occur, which reduces the transmission quality of the terminal equipment and the instability of the state of the access network equipment.
  • the present application provides a communication method, apparatus and system for coordinating uplink data transmission between multiple terminal devices, so as to improve the transmission quality of the terminal devices and ensure the stability of the state of the access network devices.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: an access network device determining a first uplink resource scheduling policy of a first terminal device and a second uplink resource scheduling policy of a second terminal device, the first uplink resource scheduling policy
  • the resource scheduling policy includes the information of the first data radio bearer DRB, the first DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the first terminal device, the second uplink resource scheduling policy includes the information of the second DRB, the first DRB is The two DRBs are used to carry the uplink peak data of the second terminal device, and the usage time periods of the first DRB and the second DRB do not completely overlap;
  • the access network device sends the data to the first terminal device.
  • the first uplink resource scheduling policy and sending the second uplink resource scheduling policy to the second terminal device.
  • the access network device can configure different uplink resource scheduling policies for different terminal devices, so that different terminal devices send uplink peak data to the access network device in different time periods, thereby helping to reduce the number of The data volume of the uplink peak data sent in the time period reduces the pressure on the access network equipment to process data, improves the transmission quality of the terminal equipment and ensures the stability of the access network equipment status.
  • the access network device receives uplink peak data from the first terminal device and uplink peak data from the second terminal device within a first time period, the first terminal device The uplink peak data of the terminal device is carried in the first DRB, the uplink peak data of the second terminal device is carried in the second DRB, and the data volume of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device is the same as that of the second DRB. The sum of the data volume of the uplink peak data of the terminal equipment does not exceed the data volume threshold.
  • the sum of the data streams of uplink peak data received by the access network equipment from different terminal equipment does not exceed the data volume threshold, which can reduce the load of the access network equipment.
  • the access network device determines the first uplink resource scheduling policy of the first terminal device and the second uplink resource scheduling policy of the second terminal device, including: the access network device according to the The first uplink resource scheduling policy is determined by the information of the first terminal device, and the second uplink resource scheduling policy is determined according to the information of the second terminal device.
  • the access network device receives information of the first terminal device and information of the second terminal device from a session management network element, and the information of the first terminal device includes the identification information of the first terminal device, feature information of the service data flow of the first terminal device, and first quality of service QoS information of the service data flow of the first terminal device, the service data flow of the first terminal device
  • the characteristic information is used to indicate the traffic characteristic information corresponding to different time slices of the service data flow of the first terminal device in a time period
  • the first QoS information is used to indicate that the different time slices correspond to QoS level identifier QCI
  • the information of the second terminal device includes the identification information of the second terminal device, the feature information of the service data flow of the second terminal device, and the service data flow of the second terminal device.
  • the second QoS information the feature information of the service data flow of the second terminal device is used to indicate the traffic feature information corresponding to different time slices of the service data flow of the second terminal device in a time period, the The second QoS information is used to indicate the respective QCIs corresponding to the different time slices.
  • the access network device determines the uplink resource scheduling policy of the terminal device based on the information of the terminal device, which can realize accurate determination of the uplink resource scheduling policy.
  • the feature information of the service data flow of the first terminal device includes a first time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the first time period, and the at least two time slices
  • the bit rates corresponding to the slices respectively, the first QoS information includes the QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices, and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same, and the first terminal
  • the service data flow of the device is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI
  • the feature information of the service data flow of the second terminal device includes a second time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the second time period and all
  • the bit rates corresponding to the at least two time slices, the second QoS information includes the QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices, and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same
  • the service data flow of the second terminal device is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI.
  • the information of the first DRB includes the type of the first DRB, and the type of the first DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the first DRB;
  • the determining, by the access network device, the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device includes: determining, by the access network device, the type of the first DRB according to the first QoS information.
  • the information of the second DRB includes the type of the second DRB, and the type of the second DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the second DRB;
  • the access network device Determining the second uplink resource scheduling policy based on the information of the second terminal device includes: determining, by the access network device, the type of the second DRB according to the second QoS information.
  • the information of the first DRB includes the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB, the initial usage time of the first DRB and the The use duration of the first DRB is used for the first terminal device to determine the time for sending the uplink peak data; the access network device determines the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, including: The access network device determines the initial use time of the first DRB and the use time of the first DRB according to the characteristic information of the service data flow of the first terminal device.
  • the information of the second DRB includes the initial usage time of the second DRB and the usage duration of the second DRB, and the initial usage time of the second DRB and the usage duration of the second DRB are used for all determining, by the second terminal device, the time to send the uplink peak data; and determining, by the access network device, the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, including: the access network device determining the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the first
  • the characteristic information of the service data flow of the two terminal devices determines the initial use time of the second DRB and the use time of the second DRB.
  • the information of the first DRB includes configuration information of the first DRB, and the configuration information of the first DRB includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, One or more of listening reference signal resource indication and demodulation reference signal;
  • the information of the second DRB includes configuration information of the second DRB, and the configuration information of the second DRB includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources One or more of resource, modulation and coding scheme, antenna port, listening reference signal resource indication, demodulation reference signal.
  • the uplink peak data of the first terminal device carried by the first DRB includes I frame data
  • the uplink peak data of the second terminal device carried by the second DRB includes I frame data
  • the first uplink resource scheduling policy further includes information of a third DRB, where the third DRB is used to carry the uplink general data of the first terminal device.
  • the uplink normal data of the first terminal device includes P frame data.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: a first terminal device receiving a first uplink resource scheduling policy from an access network device, where the first uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of at least one DRB, The information of the at least one DRB includes the information of the first DRB, and the first DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the first terminal device; the first terminal device, according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy, The uplink peak data of the first terminal device is sent to the access network device on the first DRB.
  • the terminal device sends the uplink peak data to the access network device on the DRB used to carry the uplink peak data according to the uplink resource scheduling policy configured by the access network device, which can improve the data transmission quality.
  • the first terminal device sends the uplink peak data of the first terminal device to the access network device on the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy , including: the first terminal device determines the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy and the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device; Send the uplink peak data of the first terminal device to the access network device on a DRB.
  • the information of the first DRB includes the type of the first DRB, and the type of the first DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the first DRB;
  • the determining, by the first terminal equipment, the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy and the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the first terminal equipment includes: the first terminal equipment according to the first terminal equipment.
  • the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the device determine the DRB type corresponding to the uplink peak data of the first terminal device; the first terminal device determines the first DRB corresponding to the DRB type.
  • the information of the first DRB includes the initial use time of the first DRB and the use time of the first DRB; the first terminal device is on the first DRB
  • Sending the uplink peak data of the first terminal device to the access network device includes: the first terminal device, according to the initial use time of the first DRB and the use time of the first DRB, The uplink peak data of the first terminal device is sent to the access network device on the first DRB.
  • the information of the first DRB includes a usage period of the first DRB, and the usage period is used to indicate a period during which the first terminal device sends uplink peak data.
  • the terminal device can periodically send uplink peak data to the access network device, reducing the number of times of DRB configuration, and improving data transmission efficiency.
  • the information of the first DRB includes configuration information of the first DRB
  • the configuration information of the first DRB includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, One or more of listening reference signal resource indication and demodulation reference signal.
  • the uplink peak data of the first terminal device carried by the first DRB includes I-frame data.
  • the use time period of the first DRB and the second DRB do not completely overlap, and the second DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the second terminal device; wherein, in the first time period The sum of the data volume of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device and the data volume of the uplink peak data of the second terminal device does not exceed the data volume threshold.
  • the access network device can configure different uplink resource scheduling policies for different terminal devices, so that different terminal devices send uplink peak data to the access network device in different time periods, thereby helping to reduce the number of The data volume of the uplink peak data sent in the time period reduces the pressure on the access network equipment to process data, improves the transmission quality of the terminal equipment and ensures the stability of the access network equipment status.
  • the first uplink resource scheduling policy further includes information of a third DRB, where the third DRB is used to carry the uplink general data of the first terminal device.
  • a terminal device can transmit both uplink peak data and uplink ordinary data, which improves the diversity of data transmission and improves data transmission capability and efficiency.
  • the uplink normal data of the first terminal device includes P frame data.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication apparatus, and the apparatus may be an access network device or a chip used for the access network device.
  • the apparatus has the function of implementing the above-mentioned first aspect, or each possible implementation method of the first aspect. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication apparatus, and the apparatus may be a terminal device or a chip used for the terminal device.
  • the apparatus has the function of implementing the above-mentioned second aspect or each possible implementation method of the second aspect. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer-executed instructions, and when the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory, so that the The apparatus performs any of the above-mentioned methods of the first to second aspects and possible implementation methods of the first to second aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a communication device for performing each step of the methods of the first aspect to the second aspect and any of the possible implementation methods of the first aspect to the second aspect. Units or means.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor and an interface circuit, where the processor is configured to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit, and execute the methods of the first aspect to the second aspect and the first aspect to any of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
  • the processor includes one or more.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor, which is connected to a memory and used to call a program stored in the memory to execute the methods of the first to second aspects and the first Any of the possible implementations of the aspect to the second aspect.
  • the memory may be located within the device or external to the device.
  • the processor includes one or more.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, the processor executes the above-mentioned first to second aspects The method and any of the possible implementation methods of the first aspect to the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, the computer product includes a computer program, when the computer program runs, the methods of the first aspect to the second aspect and each of the first aspect to the second aspect are enabled. Any of the possible implementations.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, including: a processor configured to execute the methods of the first aspect to the second aspect and any of the possible implementation methods of the first aspect to the second aspect any method.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including an access network device and a session management network element.
  • the session management network element is configured to send the information of the first terminal device and the information of the second terminal device to the access network device.
  • the access network device is configured to determine a first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, and determine a second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, the first uplink resource
  • the scheduling policy includes the information of the first data radio bearer DRB, the first DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the first terminal device, the second uplink resource scheduling policy includes the information of the second DRB, the second The DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the second terminal device, and the usage time periods of the first DRB and the second DRB do not completely overlap; sending the first uplink resource scheduling policy to the first terminal device , and sending the second uplink resource scheduling policy to the second terminal device.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication method, including: a session management network element sending information of the first terminal device and information of the second terminal device to an access network device.
  • the access network device determines a first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, and determines a second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, where the first uplink resource scheduling policy includes the first
  • the data radio bears the information of the DRB, the first DRB is used to bear the uplink peak data of the first terminal device, and the second uplink resource scheduling policy includes the information of the second DRB, and the second DRB is used to bear all the data.
  • the access network device sends the first uplink resource scheduling policy to the first terminal device, and sending the second uplink resource scheduling policy to the second terminal device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2(a) is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a service-oriented architecture
  • Figure 2(b) is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a point-to-point interface
  • Fig. 3 (a) is the data flow characteristic schematic diagram of the upstream data flow uploaded by terminal equipment
  • Figure 3 (b) is a schematic diagram of the data flow characteristics of upstream data streams uploaded by multiple terminal devices simultaneously;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the configuration of this uplink resource scheduling policy.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of yet another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the present application provides a communication system, which includes an access network device and a session management network element.
  • the session management network element is configured to send the information of the first terminal device and the information of the second terminal device to the access network device;
  • the access network device is configured to determine according to the information of the first terminal device a first uplink resource scheduling policy, and determining a second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, where the first uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of a first data radio bearer DRB, and the first DRB is used for Bearing the uplink peak data of the first terminal device, the second uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of a second DRB, the second DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the second terminal device, the first The use time period of the DRB and the second DRB does not completely overlap; the first uplink resource scheduling policy is sent to the first terminal device, and the second uplink resource scheduling policy is sent to the second terminal device.
  • the access network device is further configured to receive the uplink peak data from the first terminal device and the uplink peak data from the second terminal device within the first time period,
  • the uplink peak data of the first terminal device is carried in the first DRB
  • the uplink peak data of the second terminal device is carried in the second DRB
  • the data volume of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device is the same as that of the first terminal device.
  • the sum of the data volume of the uplink peak data of the second terminal device does not exceed the data volume threshold.
  • the access network device is further configured to receive the information of the first terminal device and the information of the second terminal device from a session management network element, and the information of the first terminal device
  • the information includes the identification information of the first terminal device, the feature information of the service data flow of the first terminal device, and the first quality of service QoS information of the service data flow of the first terminal device.
  • the characteristic information of the service data flow is used to indicate the traffic characteristic information corresponding to different time slices of the service data flow of the first terminal device in a time period, and the first QoS information is used to indicate the different time slices.
  • the QoS levels corresponding to the slices are identified as QCIs.
  • the information of the second terminal device includes identification information of the second terminal device, feature information of the service data flow of the second terminal device, and service data of the second terminal device
  • the second QoS information of the data flow, the characteristic information of the service data flow of the second terminal device is used to indicate the traffic characteristic information corresponding to different time slices of the service data flow of the second terminal device in a time period , the second QoS information is used to indicate the respective QCIs corresponding to the different time slices;
  • the access network device is used to determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy of the first terminal device and the second
  • the uplink resource scheduling policy specifically includes: determining the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, and determining the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device.
  • the feature information of the service data flow of the first terminal device includes a first time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the first time period, and the at least two time slices The bit rates corresponding to the slices respectively, the first QoS information includes the QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices, and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same, and the first terminal The service data flow of the device is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI.
  • the feature information of the service data flow of the second terminal device includes a second time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the second time period, and the at least two time slices the bit rates corresponding to the slices respectively
  • the second QoS information includes the QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices
  • the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same
  • the second terminal The service data flow of the device is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI.
  • the information of the first DRB includes the type of the first DRB, and the type of the first DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the first DRB;
  • the access network device is configured to determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, specifically including: determining the type of the first DRB according to the first QoS information.
  • the information of the second DRB includes the type of the second DRB, and the type of the second DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the second DRB;
  • the access network device is configured to determine the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, which specifically includes: determining the type of the second DRB according to the second QoS information.
  • the information of the first DRB includes the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB, the initial usage time of the first DRB and the The use duration of the first DRB is used for the first terminal device to determine the time for sending the uplink peak data; the access network device is configured to determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, Specifically, the method includes: determining the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB according to the characteristic information of the service data flow of the first terminal device.
  • the information of the second DRB includes an initial usage time of the second DRB and a usage duration of the second DRB, and the initial usage time of the second DRB and the The use duration of the second DRB is used for the second terminal device to determine the time for sending uplink peak data; the access network device is configured to determine the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, Specifically, the method includes: determining the initial use time of the second DRB and the use time of the second DRB according to the characteristic information of the service data flow of the second terminal device.
  • the information of the first DRB includes configuration information of the first DRB
  • the configuration information of the first DRB includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, One or more of listening reference signal resource indication and demodulation reference signal.
  • the information of the second DRB includes configuration information of the second DRB
  • the configuration information of the second DRB includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, One or more of listening reference signal resource indication and demodulation reference signal.
  • the uplink peak data of the first terminal device carried by the first DRB includes I frame data
  • the uplink peak data of the second terminal device carried by the second DRB includes I frame data
  • the first uplink resource scheduling policy further includes information of a third DRB, where the third DRB is used to carry the uplink general data of the first terminal device.
  • the uplink normal data of the first terminal device includes P frame data.
  • the system shown in Figure 1 can be used in the fifth generation (5G) network architecture shown in Figure 2(a) or Figure 2(b), of course, it can also be used in future network architectures, such as the sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) network architecture, etc., which are not limited in this application.
  • 5G fifth generation
  • 6G sixth generation
  • FIG. 2( a ) is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a service-oriented architecture.
  • the network element or entity corresponding to the access network device in FIG. 1 may be a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) device in the 5G network architecture shown in FIG. 2(a).
  • the network element or entity corresponding to the session management network element in FIG. 1 may be a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element in the 5G network architecture shown in FIG. 2(a).
  • SMF session management function
  • the 5G network architecture shown in Figure 2(a) can include three parts, namely the terminal equipment part, the data network (DN) and the operator network part. The following briefly describes the functions of some of the network elements.
  • the operator network may include one or more of the following network elements: Authentication Server Function (AUSF) network element, Network Exposure Function (NEF) network element, Policy Control Function (Policy Control Function) Function, PCF) network element, unified data management (unified data management, UDM), unified database (Unified Data Repository, UDR), network storage function (Network Repository Function, NRF) network element, application function (Application Function, AF) network Elements, Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF) network elements, SMF network elements, RAN, and user plane function (UPF) network elements, etc.
  • AUSF Authentication Server Function
  • NEF Network Exposure Function
  • Policy Control Function Policy Control Function
  • PCF Policy Control Function
  • UDM Unified Data Repository
  • NRF Network Repository Function
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • SMF Serving Mobility Management Function
  • RAN User Planed Radio Function
  • UPF user plane function
  • the terminal device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device for implementing a wireless communication function.
  • the terminal equipment may be a user equipment (UE), an access terminal, a terminal unit, a terminal station, a mobile station, a mobile station in a 5G network or a public land mobile network (PLMN) evolved in the future.
  • UE user equipment
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • remote station remote terminal
  • mobile device wireless communication device
  • terminal agent or terminal device etc.
  • the access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices or wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) end devices, augmented reality (AR) end devices, industrial control (industrial) wireless terminal in control), wireless terminal in self-driving, wireless terminal in remote medical, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety Terminals, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc. Terminals can be mobile or stationary.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • a wireless communication Functional handheld devices computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices or wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) end devices, augmented reality (AR) end devices, industrial control (industrial) wireless terminal in control), wireless terminal in self-driving,
  • the above-mentioned terminal device can establish a connection with the operator network through an interface (eg, N1, etc.) provided by the operator network, and use the data and/or voice services provided by the operator network.
  • the terminal device can also access the DN through the operator's network, and use the operator's service deployed on the DN and/or the service provided by a third party.
  • the above-mentioned third party may be a service party other than the operator's network and the terminal device, and may provide other data and/or voice services for the terminal device.
  • the specific expression form of the above third party can be specifically determined according to the actual application scenario, and is not limited here.
  • RAN is a sub-network of an operator's network, and is an implementation system between service nodes and terminal equipment in the operator's network.
  • the terminal device To access the operator's network, the terminal device first passes through the RAN, and then can be connected to the service node of the operator's network through the RAN.
  • the RAN device in this application is a device that provides a wireless communication function for a terminal device, and the RAN device is also called an access network device.
  • the RAN equipment in this application includes but is not limited to: next-generation base station (g nodeB, gNB), evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B in 5G (node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center, etc.
  • next-generation base station g nodeB, gNB
  • evolved node B evolved node B
  • eNB evolved node B
  • RNC radio network controller
  • node B in 5G node B, NB
  • base station controller BSC
  • base transceiver station base transceiver station
  • BTS home base station
  • base station for example, home
  • the AMF network element mainly performs functions such as mobility management, access authentication or authorization. In addition, it is also responsible for transferring user policies between UE and PCF.
  • the SMF network element mainly performs functions such as session management, execution of control policies issued by PCF, selection of UPF, and allocation of UE Internet Protocol (IP) addresses.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the UPF network element as the interface UPF with the data network, implements functions such as user plane data forwarding, session/flow-level accounting statistics, and bandwidth limitation.
  • the UDM network element is mainly responsible for the management of contract data, user access authorization and other functions.
  • UDR is mainly responsible for the access function of contract data, policy data, application data and other types of data.
  • the NEF network element is mainly used to support the opening of capabilities and events.
  • the AF network element mainly conveys the requirements of the application side to the network side, such as QoS requirements or subscription of user status events.
  • the AF may be a third-party functional entity or an application service deployed by an operator, such as an IP Multimedia Subsystem (IP Multimedia Subsystem, IMS) voice call service.
  • IP Multimedia Subsystem IP Multimedia Subsystem, IMS
  • the AF network element may also be called an application server.
  • the PCF network element is mainly responsible for policy control functions such as charging for sessions and service data flow levels, QoS bandwidth guarantee and mobility management, and UE policy decision-making.
  • the NRF network element can be used to provide the network element discovery function, and provide network element information corresponding to the network element type based on the request of other network elements.
  • NRF also provides network element management services, such as network element registration, update, de-registration, and network element status subscription and push.
  • AUSF network element It is mainly responsible for authenticating users to determine whether to allow users or devices to access the network.
  • a DN is a network outside the operator's network.
  • the operator's network can access multiple DNs, and multiple services can be deployed on the DNs, which can provide data and/or voice services for terminal devices.
  • DN is the private network of a smart factory.
  • the sensors installed in the workshop of the smart factory can be terminal devices, and the control server of the sensor is deployed in the DN, and the control server can provide services for the sensor.
  • the sensor can communicate with the control server, obtain the instruction of the control server, and transmit the collected sensor data to the control server according to the instruction.
  • the DN is an internal office network of a company.
  • the mobile phones or computers of employees of the company can be terminal devices, and the mobile phones or computers of employees can access information and data resources on the internal office network of the company.
  • Nausf, Nnef, Npcf, Nudm, Naf, Namf, Nsmf, N1, N2, N3, N4, and N6 are interface serial numbers.
  • interface serial numbers refer to the meanings defined in the 3GPP standard protocol, which is not limited here.
  • FIG. 2(b) is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a point-to-point interface.
  • the network element or entity corresponding to the access network device in FIG. 1 may be the RAN device in the 5G network architecture shown in FIG. 2(b).
  • the network element or entity corresponding to the session management network element in FIG. 1 may be the SMF network element in the 5G network architecture shown in FIG. 2(b).
  • FIG. 2( b ) For the introduction of the functions of the network elements in FIG. 2( b ), reference may be made to the introduction of the functions of the corresponding network elements in FIG. 2( a ), and details are not repeated here.
  • the main difference between Fig. 2(b) and Fig. 2(a) is that the interface between each network element in Fig. 2(b) is a point-to-point interface, not a service-oriented interface.
  • N7 the interface between the PCF and the SMF, used to issue a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session granularity and a business data flow granularity control policy.
  • protocol data unit protocol data unit
  • N15 the interface between the PCF and the AMF, used for delivering UE policies and access control related policies.
  • N5 the interface between the AF and the PCF, used for application service request delivery and network event reporting.
  • N4 The interface between the SMF and the UPF, used to transmit information between the control plane and the user plane, including controlling the distribution of forwarding rules for the user plane, QoS control rules, traffic statistics rules, etc., and information on the user plane report.
  • N11 the interface between the SMF and the AMF, used to transfer the PDU session tunnel information between the RAN and the UPF, the control message sent to the UE, the radio resource control information sent to the RAN, and the like.
  • N2 the interface between the AMF and the RAN, used to transmit radio bearer control information from the core network side to the RAN, etc.
  • N1 the interface between the AMF and the UE, irrespective of access, used to deliver QoS control rules and the like to the UE.
  • N8 the interface between the AMF and the UDM, for the AMF to obtain the access and mobility management related subscription data and authentication data from the UDM, and the AMF to register the UE's current mobility management related information to the UDM.
  • N10 the interface between the SMF and the UDM, for the SMF to obtain the session management related subscription data from the UDM, and the SMF to register the UE's current session related information to the UDM.
  • N35 an interface between the UDM and the UDR, used for the UDM to obtain user subscription data information from the UDR.
  • N36 an interface between the PCF and the UDR, for the PCF to obtain the policy-related subscription data and application data-related information from the UDR.
  • N12 the interface between AMF and AUSF, used for AMF to initiate an authentication process to AUSF, which can carry SUCI as a contract identifier;
  • N13 the interface between the UDM and the AUSF, for the AUSF to obtain the user authentication vector from the UDM to execute the authentication process.
  • network elements or functions may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform).
  • a platform eg, a cloud platform
  • the foregoing network element or function may be implemented by one device, or may be implemented jointly by multiple devices, or may be a functional module in one device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the session management network elements, policy control network elements, user plane network elements, and access network equipment in this application may be SMF, PCF, UPF, and RAN in Fig. 2(a) or Fig. 2(b), respectively, or may be In the future communication, such as the network element having the functions of the above-mentioned SMF, PCF, UPF, and RAN in the 6G network, this application does not limit this.
  • the present application takes as an example that the session management network element, the policy control network element, the user plane network element, and the access network equipment are the above-mentioned SMF, PCF, UPF, and RAN, respectively.
  • the terminal device is taken as an example of UE for description.
  • UPF when UPF receives downlink packets, UPF will filter packets with the same reliability requirements (Packet Detection Rule, PDR) configured in advance by SMF. packets) are encapsulated into the same QoS flow.
  • Multiple QoS flows may exist in the same PDU session (PDU session), but each QoS flow has an independent and unique QoS flow identifier (QoS flow Identifier, QFI), and each QoS flow is associated with a QoS configuration file (QoS flow Identifier). profile).
  • QFI QoS flow Identifier
  • QFI QoS flow Identifier
  • QoS flow Identifier QoS configuration file
  • the network side will use the same QoS guarantee for packets belonging to the same QoS flow according to the parameters in the QoS profile, such as delay, forwarding priority, packet loss rate, etc.
  • the RAN When the RAN receives the downlink QoS flow from the UPF, the RAN will encapsulate multiple QoS flows into the same Data Radio Bearer (DRB) according to certain mapping rules, and the same DRB will enjoy the same reliability on the air interface side Assure.
  • DRB Data Radio Bearer
  • one access network device can provide data transmission for multiple terminal devices at the same time, and the RAN device does not accurately perceive the data transmission period of the uplink data of the terminal devices, and the communication between the terminal devices Without coordination, multiple terminal devices may simultaneously transmit data that requires high transmission resources through the RAN device, resulting in bursts of data traffic.
  • the following description takes the terminal device as a camera as an example.
  • multiple cameras are deployed in the work area, and the video from the cameras sends audio and video data to the application server (ie AF) through the 5G network.
  • the video transmission of the camera has the following characteristics: the QoS requirements of the media service data flow change within a certain time period.
  • the initial frame in a time period can be an I frame
  • the rate required by QoS is 60MB/s
  • the transmission time length is 16.7ms
  • the reliability requirement is 99.9%.
  • P frames are transmitted at a rate of 8MB/s
  • the packet loss rate can be relaxed to 1%.
  • the deployed cameras also differ in their media transfer characteristics due to different technical specifications (resolution, frame rate, etc.). It should be noted that, because the I frame is the first frame, the amount of data is large, and the requirements for delay and reliability are relatively high.
  • FIG. 3( a ) it is a schematic diagram of the data flow characteristics of the uplink data flow uploaded by the UE.
  • the time period is 1 second, and one time period is divided into 60 time slices, each of which is used to transmit one frame of image.
  • Time slice 1 is used to transmit I frames
  • time slices 2-60 are used to transmit P frames
  • each time slice transmits one P frame.
  • FIG. 3( b ) it is a schematic diagram of data flow characteristics of uplink data streams uploaded by multiple UEs simultaneously.
  • three UEs are used as cameras as an example, but in practice, there may be two or more cameras in any number. It can be seen that when multiple cameras transmit the I frame of time slice 1, they partially or completely overlap in time, which may cause the RAN device to receive a large amount of burst uplink data at a certain time point or time period. As a result, packet loss or retransmission occurs, which affects the quality of data transmission and causes instability of RAN equipment.
  • the service data flow information includes one of the identification of the application (Application ID, App ID), the identification information of the service data flow, the characteristic information (Traffic model) of the service data flow, and the QoS requirement of the service data flow or multiple.
  • the identifier of the application is used to identify a specific service, for example, it can be a set character.
  • the identification information of the service data stream includes but is not limited to one or more of the following information: IP triplet, Uniform Resource Locator (Uniform Resource Locator, URL).
  • IP triplet refers to the IP address, port number and protocol number of the application server (ie AF).
  • the feature information of the service data stream is used to describe the feature of the service data stream, and the feature information of the service data stream includes a time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the time period, and a bit rate corresponding to each time slice.
  • the QoS requirements of the service data flow include but are not limited to one or more of the following information: bit rate (bitrate), packet loss rate (Packet Error Rate, PER), and packet delay budget (Packet Delay Budget, PDB).
  • bit rate bit rate
  • Packet Error Rate Packet Error Rate
  • PDB Packet Delay Budget
  • Each time slice in a time period in the characteristic information of the service data flow corresponds to a QoS requirement, and different time slices correspond to The QoS requirements may or may not be the same.
  • a time period is divided into 10 time slices, which are time slice 1 to time slice 10 respectively. Among them, time slice 1 corresponds to QoS requirement 1, time slices 2-3 all correspond to QoS requirement 2, and time slices 4-10 all correspond to QoS requirement 3.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a schematic diagram of a communication method.
  • the RAN configures uplink resource scheduling policies for two UEs (ie, the first UE and the second UE) as an example.
  • the method for configuring uplink resource scheduling policies for multiple UEs refer to configuring uplink resource scheduling for two UEs. How the strategy is implemented.
  • the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 401 the RAN determines the first uplink resource scheduling policy of the first UE and the second uplink resource scheduling policy of the second UE.
  • the first uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of one or more data radio bearers (Data Radio Bearers, DRBs), the information of the one or more DRBs at least includes information of the first DRB, and the first DRB is used to bear the first UE up peak data.
  • DRBs Data Radio Bearers
  • the first uplink resource scheduling policy is used to enable the first UE to send uplink peak data on the first DRB and send uplink normal data on other DRBs (such as the third DRB).
  • Uplink peak data refers to data with a high transmission rate, so the amount of data is large in a short period of time.
  • Uplink common data refers to data with a normal or low transmission rate, so the amount of data is not large in a short period of time.
  • the uplink peak data of the first UE carried by the first DRB includes I-frame data.
  • the uplink common data of the first UE carried by the third DRB includes P frame data.
  • the second uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of one or more DRBs, and the information of the one or more DRBs at least includes information of a second DRB, and the second DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the second UE.
  • the second uplink resource scheduling policy is used to enable the second UE to send uplink peak data on the second DRB and send uplink normal data on other DRBs (eg, the fourth DRB).
  • the uplink peak data of the second UE carried by the second DRB includes I-frame data.
  • the uplink normal data of the second UE carried by the fourth DRB includes P frame data.
  • the usage time periods of the first DRB and the second DRB do not completely overlap. Specifically, the usage time periods of the first DRB and the second DRB may partially overlap, or do not overlap at all. In this way, the first UE and the second UE can stagger the time for sending the uplink peak data.
  • the RAN may receive the information of the first UE from the SMF, and then determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first UE.
  • the information of the first UE includes identification information of the first UE, characteristic information of the service data flow of the first UE, and first QoS information of the service data flow of the first UE, and the characteristic information of the service data flow of the first UE is used
  • the first QoS information is used to indicate the QCI corresponding to different time slices respectively.
  • the feature information of the service data flow of the first UE includes a first time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the first time period, and bit rates corresponding to the at least two time slices respectively
  • the first QoS information includes: The QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices respectively, the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same, and the service data flow of the first UE is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI.
  • the RAN determines the type of the first DRB according to the first QoS information, and determines the initial usage time of the first DRB, the usage duration of the first DRB, or the first DRB according to the characteristic information of the service data flow of the first UE. at least one of the life cycles. That is, the information of the first DRB includes at least one of the type of the first DRB, the initial use time of the first DRB, the use duration of the first DRB, or the use period of the first DRB.
  • the RAN may receive the information of the second UE from the SMF, and then determine the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second UE.
  • the information of the second UE includes identification information of the second UE, characteristic information of the service data flow of the second UE, and second QoS information of the service data flow of the second UE, and the characteristic information of the service data flow of the second UE is used
  • the second QoS information is used to indicate the QCI corresponding to different time slices respectively.
  • the feature information of the service data flow of the second UE includes a second time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the second time period, and bit rates corresponding to the at least two time slices respectively
  • the second QoS information includes: The QFI and the QCI corresponding to the at least two time slices respectively, the QCI corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same, and the service data flow of the second UE is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI.
  • the RAN determines the type of the second DRB according to the second QoS information, and determines the starting use time of the second DRB, the use duration of the second DRB, or the second DRB according to the characteristic information of the service data flow of the second UE at least one of the life cycles. That is, the information of the second DRB includes at least one of the type of the second DRB, the starting time of use of the second DRB, the duration of use of the second DRB, or the use period of the second DRB.
  • Step 402 the RAN sends the first uplink resource scheduling policy to the first UE.
  • the first UE receives the first uplink resource scheduling policy.
  • Step 403 the RAN sends the second uplink resource scheduling policy to the second UE.
  • the second UE receives the second uplink resource scheduling policy.
  • Step 404 the first UE sends the uplink peak data of the first UE to the RAN on the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy.
  • the first UE determines the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy and the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the first UE, and then sends the uplink peak data of the first UE to the RAN on the first DRB.
  • the information of the first DRB includes the type of the first DRB, and the type of the first DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the first DRB, and the first UE can use the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the first UE according to the traffic characteristics of the first UE. , determine the DRB type corresponding to the uplink peak data of the first UE, and then determine the first DRB corresponding to the DRB type.
  • a QoS Class Identifier may be used to identify the DRB type.
  • the RAN configures DRB information 1, DRB information 2, and DRB information 3 for the first UE, wherein the DRB type carried in DRB information 1 is QCI 1, the DRB type carried in DRB information 2 is QCI 2, and the DRB information carried in DRB information 3 is QCI 2.
  • the DRB type is QCI 3, the DRB 1 corresponding to the DRB information 1 is used to carry the uplink peak data, the DRB 2 corresponding to the DRB information 2 and the DRB 3 corresponding to the DRB information 3 are used to carry the uplink normal data.
  • the first UE determines that the DRB type corresponding to the traffic characteristics of the uplink data to be sent is QCI 1, the first UE determines to use the DRB 1 corresponding to the DRB information 1 to uplink the uplink data that needs to be sent (that is, the uplink peak data) .
  • the information of the first DRB further includes the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB
  • the first UE may, according to the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB,
  • the uplink peak data of the first UE is sent to the RAN on the first DRB. That is, the first UE starts to send the uplink peak data from the initial use time of the first DRB, and the maximum duration of a single transmission does not exceed the use time of the first DRB.
  • the information of the first DRB further includes the usage period of the first DRB, where the usage period is used to indicate the period during which the first UE sends the uplink peak data, and the first UE may periodically send the RAN based on the usage period.
  • Upstream peak data when the information of the first DRB includes the initial use time of the first DRB, the use duration of the first DRB, and the use period of the first DRB, the first UE periodically sends the uplink peak data to the RAN, and the first sending is It starts to be sent at the initial usage time of the first DRB, and the maximum duration of each transmission does not exceed the usage duration of the first DRB.
  • the information of the first DRB further includes one or more of time-domain resources, frequency-domain resources, modulation and coding scheme, antenna port, listening reference signal resource indication, and demodulation reference signal.
  • the first UE may determine a specific manner of sending uplink peak data based on one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding scheme, antenna port, listening reference signal resource indication, and demodulation reference signal.
  • Step 405 the second UE sends the uplink peak data of the second UE to the RAN on the second DRB according to the second uplink resource scheduling policy.
  • the second UE determines the second DRB according to the second uplink resource scheduling policy and the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the second UE, and then sends the uplink peak data of the second UE to the RAN on the second DRB.
  • the information of the second DRB includes the type of the second DRB, and the type of the second DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the second DRB, then the second UE can use the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the second UE according to , determine the DRB type corresponding to the uplink peak data of the second UE, and then determine the second DRB corresponding to the DRB type.
  • a QoS Class Identifier may be used to identify the DRB type.
  • the RAN configures DRB information 4, DRB information 5, and DRB information 6 for the second UE, wherein the DRB type carried in DRB information 4 is QCI 4, the DRB type carried in DRB information 5 is QCI 5, and the DRB information carried in DRB information 6 is QCI 5.
  • the DRB type is QCI 6, the DRB 4 corresponding to the DRB information 4 is used to carry the uplink peak data, the DRB 5 corresponding to the DRB information 5 and the DRB 6 corresponding to the DRB information 6 are used to carry the uplink normal data.
  • the second UE determines that the DRB type corresponding to the traffic characteristics of the uplink data to be sent is QCI 4, the second UE determines to use the DRB 4 corresponding to the DRB information 4 to uplink the uplink data that needs to be sent (that is, the uplink peak data) .
  • the information of the second DRB further includes the initial usage time of the second DRB and the usage duration of the second DRB
  • the second UE may, according to the initial usage time of the second DRB and the usage duration of the second DRB,
  • the uplink peak data of the second UE is sent to the RAN on the second DRB. That is, the second UE starts to send the uplink peak data from the start time of using the second DRB, and the maximum duration of a single transmission does not exceed the usage time of the second DRB.
  • the information of the second DRB further includes the use period of the second DRB, and the use period is used to indicate the period during which the second UE sends the uplink peak data, and the second UE may periodically send the data to the RAN based on the use period.
  • Upstream peak data when the information of the second DRB includes the initial use time of the second DRB, the use duration of the second DRB, and the use period of the second DRB, the second UE periodically sends the uplink peak data to the RAN.
  • the two DRBs start to be sent from the initial use time of the second DRB, and the maximum duration of each transmission does not exceed the use time of the second DRB.
  • the information of the second DRB further includes one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding scheme, antenna port, listening reference signal resource indication, and demodulation reference signal.
  • the second UE may determine a specific manner of sending uplink peak data based on one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding scheme, antenna port, listening reference signal resource indication, and demodulation reference signal.
  • the sequence of the above steps 404 and 405 is not limited.
  • the sum of the data volume of the uplink peak data received from the first UE in the first time period by the RAN and the data volume of the uplink peak data received from the second UE in the first time period does not exceed Data volume threshold. If multiple UEs are involved and need to send uplink peak data to the RAN at the same time, the sum of the data volumes of the uplink peak data received by the RAN from the multiple UEs within the first time period does not exceed the data volume threshold.
  • the data volume threshold is determined by the data processing capability of the RAN, that is, the data volume threshold is related to the data processing capability of the RAN.
  • the RAN can configure different uplink resource scheduling policies for different UEs, so that different UEs send uplink peak data to the RAN in different time periods, thereby helping to reduce the amount of uplink peak data sent by multiple UEs in the same time period , thereby reducing the pressure on the RAN to process data, improving the UE transmission quality and ensuring the stability of the access network equipment status.
  • FIG. 4 will be described below with reference to the specific embodiments shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 7 .
  • FIG. 5 it is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the application.
  • the method provides the configuration process of the service data flow information.
  • the AF provides the service data flow information to the network through the NEF.
  • the service data flow information includes at least one of an application identifier, service data flow identification information, service data flow feature information, or service data flow QoS requirements. For details, refer to the foregoing description.
  • the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 501 the AF sends a first request to the NEF. Accordingly, the NEF may receive the first request.
  • the first request carries the newly added service data flow information or the updated service data flow information.
  • the first request further carries a UE identifier (UE ID) or a group identifier (Group ID).
  • UE ID UE identifier
  • Group ID group identifier
  • the service data flow information carried in the first request is related information of the service data flow of the UE.
  • the first request carries the group identifier it indicates that the service data flow information carried in the first request is related information of the service data flows of all UEs corresponding to the group identifier.
  • the AF when the AF is ready to add new service data flow information, the AF sends a first request to the NEF.
  • the first request may be a service data flow creation request, for example, it may be PFDManagement_Create Request, a service data flow creation request Carry the newly added service data flow information.
  • the AF when the AF is ready to update the existing service data flow information, the AF sends a first request to the NEF, and the first request may be a service data flow update request, such as a PFDManagement_Update Request, the service data flow
  • the update request carries the updated service data flow information.
  • Step 502 the NEF updates the service data flow information stored on the NEF.
  • the NEF first determines whether to allow the first request, and if so, updates the service data flow information stored on the NEF. For example, if the first request carries the newly added service data flow information, the NEF updates the service data flow information stored on the NEF according to the newly added service data flow information. For another example, if the first request carries updated service data flow information, the NEF updates the service data flow information stored on the NEF according to the updated service data flow information.
  • the NEF saves the service data flow information, it also saves the mapping relationship between the service data flow information and the UE ID or Group ID.
  • Step 503 the NEF sends a first response to the AF. Accordingly, the AF can receive the first response.
  • the first response is used to notify the AF that the request processing is successful.
  • the NEF determines that the first request is not allowed, or the NEF fails to update the service data flow information, the first response is used to notify the AF that the request processing fails.
  • the first response may be a service data flow creation response, or a business data flow update response.
  • Step 504 the NEF sends a second request to the UDR. Accordingly, the UDR may receive the second request.
  • the second request carries the newly added service data flow information or the updated service data flow information.
  • the first request further carries a UE identifier (UE ID) or a group identifier (Group ID).
  • UE ID UE identifier
  • Group ID group identifier
  • the NEF when the NEF is ready to add new service data flow information, the NEF sends a second request to the UDR, the second request may be a data management creation request (DM_Create Request), and the data management creation request carries the newly added service Data flow information.
  • DM_Create Request data management creation request
  • the NEF when the NEF is ready to update the existing service data flow information, the NEF sends a second request to the UDR, the second request may be a data management update request (DM_Update Request), and the data management update request carries the updated Business data flow information.
  • DM_Update Request data management update request
  • Step 505 the UDR updates the service data flow information stored in the UDR.
  • the UDR updates the service data flow information stored in the UDR according to the newly added service data flow information. For another example, if the second request carries updated service data flow information, the UDR updates the service data flow information stored in the UDR according to the updated service data flow information.
  • the second request also carries the UE ID or the Group ID
  • the UDR saves the service data flow information
  • it also saves the mapping relationship between the service data flow information and the UE ID or the Group ID.
  • Step 506 the UDR sends a second response to the NEF. Accordingly, the NEF may receive the second response.
  • the second response is used to notify the NEF that the request processing is successful.
  • the UDR fails to update the service data flow information
  • the second response is used to notify the NEF that the request processing fails.
  • the second response may specifically be a data management create response (DM_Create Response) or a data management update response (DM_Update Response).
  • Step 507 the SMF determines that it needs to acquire service data flow information.
  • a timer is set on the SMF, and the SMF is triggered to obtain service data flow information every time the set time period expires.
  • the SMF determines that it needs to acquire service data flow information, which may be to determine that it needs to acquire newly added service data flow information, or to determine that it needs to acquire updated service data flow information.
  • Step 508 the SMF sends a third request to the NEF. Accordingly, the NEF can receive the third request.
  • the third request is used to request to obtain service data flow information.
  • the third request may be PFDManagement_Fetch Request.
  • Step 509 the NEF sends a third response to the SMF. Accordingly, the SMF can receive the third response.
  • the third response carries the newly added service data flow information or the updated service data flow information.
  • the third response may be PFDManagement_Fetch Response.
  • the SMF After receiving the newly added service data flow information or the updated service data flow information, the SMF saves the newly added service data flow information or the updated service data flow information on the SMF.
  • the third response also carries the UE ID or Group ID
  • the SMF saves the service data flow information, it also saves the mapping relationship between the service data flow information and the UE ID or Group ID.
  • the SMF actively requests the NEF to obtain the service data flow information.
  • the NEF may also receive the newly added service data flow information or the updated service data flow information after the NEF receives the information. , and actively report the newly added service data flow information or the updated service data flow information to the SMF.
  • the SMF may actively request the UDR to obtain the service data flow information.
  • Step 510 the SMF sends a fourth request to the UPF. Accordingly, the UPF may receive the fourth request.
  • the fourth request carries the identification information of the newly added service data flow, or the identification information of the updated service data flow.
  • the fourth request may be a PFDManagement Request.
  • the UPF can perform data flow detection according to the identification information of the newly added service data flow or the identification information of the updated service data flow, and identify the new service data flow.
  • Step 511 the UPF sends a fourth response to the SMF. Accordingly, the SMF can receive the fourth response.
  • This step is optional.
  • the newly added service data flow information or the updated service data flow information is provided by the AF, and updated to the NEF, UDR and SMF in the network.
  • it may only be updated to one or more network elements in the NEF, UDR, and SMF in the network, or may also be updated to other network elements in the network, such as AMF, PCF, and so on.
  • the identification information of the service data flow in the service data flow information is also updated to the UPF, so that the UPF can start to detect a new service data flow.
  • the service data flow information of a certain UE or a certain group may also be provided to the network.
  • the network can acquire and configure the specified service data flow information, so that the corresponding service data flow can be detected, and subsequently the data flow can be transmitted based on the service data flow information.
  • the prior art does not support providing the service data flow feature information in the service data flow information to the network.
  • FIG. 6 it is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the application.
  • the method provides the configuration process of the characteristic information of the business data flow.
  • the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 601 the UE establishes a service data flow connection of the application with the AF.
  • the UE and the AF establish an application service data flow connection, for example, an application in the UE may establish an application layer service data flow connection with an application in the AF.
  • the IP triplet or URL of the service data flow is consistent with the IP triplet or URL in the service data flow information provided by the AF to the network in advance.
  • the IP triplet or URL of the service data flow in step 601 is the same as the IP triplet in the service data flow information in the embodiment of FIG. 5 .
  • Groups or URLs remain the same.
  • Step 602 the UPF performs packet detection according to the configured packet detection rules, and when detecting a service data flow corresponding to a specified service, sends an event report to the PCF, and the event report carries the detected packet data flow description (Packet Flow Description, PFD) logo.
  • PFD Packet Flow Description
  • the UPF can use the IP triplet or URL in the service data flow information as the packet detection rule parameters to perform packet inspection.
  • the UPF can also send the event report to the SMF, and then the SMF sends the event report to the PCF.
  • Step 603 the PCF sends a Policy and Charging Control (PCC) rule to the SMF. Accordingly, the SMF can receive the PCC rules.
  • PCC Policy and Charging Control
  • the PCF can first obtain service data flow information from network elements such as UDR or SMF, and then generate PCC rules according to the service data flow information.
  • the PCF provides to generate a PCC rule for each service data stream, and then the PCF sends the PCC rule to the SMF.
  • Each PCC rule includes an identification of the application, identification information of the service data flow, characteristic information of the service data flow, and QoS information of the service data flow.
  • the QoS information of the service data flow is obtained according to the QoS requirement of the service data flow.
  • the QoS information of the service data flow includes a QoS flow identity (QoS Flow Identity, QFI) and a QCI corresponding to each time slice in a time period in the characteristic information of the service data flow.
  • QFI QoS Flow Identity
  • the QoS information of the service data flow further includes configuration parameters corresponding to each QCI, and the configuration parameters include one or more of bit rate, packet loss rate, packet delay budget, and priority.
  • the QoS information of the service data flow may not need to carry the configuration parameters corresponding to the QCI.
  • the QoS information of the service data flow may carry the configuration parameters corresponding to the QCI.
  • the PCF may send the SMF initiated SM_Policy Association Modefication Request to the SMF, which carries the PCC rule.
  • Step 604 the SMF sends configuration information of at least one service data flow to the UPF. Accordingly, the UPF may receive configuration information of at least one service data flow.
  • Each service data flow corresponds to a piece of configuration information
  • the configuration information includes the identification of the application, the identification information of the service data flow, the feature information of the service data flow, and the QoS information of the service data flow.
  • the SMF can send the configuration information of multiple service data streams to the UPF through N4 messages (such as N4 PDU Establishment Modification Request, or N4 PDU Session Modification Request).
  • N4 messages such as N4 PDU Establishment Modification Request, or N4 PDU Session Modification Request.
  • the specific implementation method for the UPF to identify the service data flow or control the service data flow according to the characteristic information of the service data flow may refer to the relevant description of the embodiment in FIG.
  • Step 605 the SMF sends the configuration information of at least one service data flow to the RAN through the AMF.
  • the RAN may receive configuration information of at least one service data flow.
  • Each service data flow corresponds to a piece of configuration information
  • the configuration information includes the identification of the application, the identification information of the service data flow, the feature information of the service data flow, and the QoS information of the service data flow.
  • the configuration information also carries a UE identity or a group identity.
  • the configuration information of the service data flow can be sent to the RAN and the UPF, and the RAN and the UPF can schedule and transmit the service data flow according to the configuration information. control, so as to improve the transmission efficiency of business data flow.
  • FIG. 7 it is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the application.
  • the method provides a configuration process of service data flow information.
  • the UE provides the service data flow information to the network during the establishment of a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session.
  • the service data flow information includes at least one of an application identifier, service data flow identification information, service data flow feature information, or service data flow QoS requirements. For details, refer to the foregoing description.
  • the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 701 the UE sends a PDU session establishment request to the AMF. Accordingly, the AMF receives the PDU session establishment request.
  • the PDU session establishment request carries service data flow information.
  • the PDU session establishment request may be, for example, a PDU Session Modification Request.
  • Step 702 the AMF sends a PDU session context update request to the SMF. Accordingly, the SMF receives the PDU session context update request.
  • the PDU session context update request carries service data flow information.
  • the PDU session context update request may be, for example, Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request.
  • Step 703 the SMF sends a session management policy modification request to the PCF. Accordingly, the PCF receives the session management policy modification request.
  • the session management policy modification request carries service data flow information.
  • the session management policy modification request may be an SMF initiated SM Policy Association Modification Request.
  • the PCF After receiving the service data flow information, the PCF generates PCC rules according to the service data flow information. When the service is transmitted by multiple data streams, the PCF provides to generate a PCC rule for each service data stream, and then the PCF sends the PCC rule to the SMF.
  • the PCF For the content included in the PCC rule, reference may be made to the relevant description of the foregoing step 603, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 704 the PCF sends the PCC rule to the SMF. Accordingly, the SMF receives the PCC rule.
  • Step 705 the SMF sends an N4 PDU session establishment/modification request to the UPF. Accordingly, the UPF receives the N4 PDU session establishment/modification request.
  • the N4 PDU session establishment/modification request carries the feature information of the service data flow and the QoS information of the service data flow.
  • Step 706 the UPF sends an N4 PDU session establishment/modification response to the SMF. Accordingly, the SMF receives the N4 PDU session establishment/modification response.
  • This step is optional.
  • Step 707 the SMF sends a PDU session context update response to the AMF. Accordingly, the AMF receives the PDU Session Context Update Response.
  • the PDU session context update response carries characteristic information of the service data flow and QoS information of the service data flow.
  • the PDU session context update response may be, for example, Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response.
  • Step 708 the AMF sends an N2 message to the RAN. Accordingly, the RAN receives the N2 message.
  • the N2 message carries characteristic information of the service data flow and QoS information of the service data flow.
  • the newly created data flow (Data Flow) is configured through a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) connection configuration process between the RAN and the UE, and the SMF confirms from the RAN that the QoS Flow has been configured, and, The SMF notifies the UPF to activate the QoS Flow, etc.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the service data flow information is provided by the UE and updated to the RAN, SMF and PCF in the network.
  • the network can acquire and configure the specified service data flow information, so that the corresponding service data flow can be detected, and subsequently the data flow can be transmitted based on the service data flow information.
  • the prior art does not support providing the service data flow feature information in the service data flow information to the network.
  • FIG. 8 it is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the application.
  • the method provides a method for the RAN to configure the uplink resource scheduling policy for the UE.
  • the SMF obtains feature information of the service data flow and QoS information of the service data flow according to the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 .
  • the RAN can perform hash scheduling on the uplink traffic of multiple UEs to prevent multiple UEs from sending peak data at the same time.
  • two UEs (specifically, cameras) send uplink service data streams to the RAN as an example for description, and the characteristics of the uplink service data streams of each UE are shown in FIG. 3( a ).
  • the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 801 the RAN sends the uplink resource scheduling policy to the UE.
  • the UE receives the uplink resource scheduling policy.
  • the RAN may send the uplink resource scheduling policy to the UE through an RRC configuration message.
  • the uplink resource scheduling policy includes at least one DRB information, and each DRB information includes one or more of DRB configuration information, DRB type, DRB usage start time, DRB usage duration or DRB usage period.
  • the DRB configuration information includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding scheme (Modulation and Coding Scheme, MCS), antenna ports, sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) resource indication, demodulation reference signal (Demodulation Reference) Signal, DMRS) one or more.
  • the DRB type is used to indicate the QCI corresponding to the DRB. For example, DRB type 1 corresponds to QCI 1, and DRB type 2 corresponds to QCI 2.
  • the QoS control policies corresponding to different QCIs are different.
  • the QoS control policies corresponding to QCI 1 are: the rate is 60MB/s, the reliability requirement is 99.9%, and the QoS control policies corresponding to QCI 2 are: the rate is 8MB/s, packet loss rate of 1%.
  • the DRB usage start time indicates the start time point of using the DRB
  • the DRB usage duration indicates the maximum duration of occupying the DRB at one time.
  • the DRB usage duration may also be referred to as the DRB allocation duration.
  • the DRB usage period represents a time interval between two adjacent uses of the DRB, and the DRB usage period may also be referred to as a DRB scheduling period.
  • DRB 1 and DRB 2 are configured for UE 1.
  • DRB 1 is used for data transmission (specifically, uplink peak data) of the service data stream of QCI 1, and the configured parameters such as time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding scheme, antenna port, SRS resource indication, and DMRS are used to support QCI 1
  • the required quality of network transmission service, the use duration of DRB 1 is 16.7ms, the use period of DRB 1 is 1s, and the use start time of DRB 1 is T1.
  • DRB 2 is used for data transmission (specifically, uplink common data) of the service data stream of QCI 2, and the configured time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding scheme, antenna port, SRS resource indication, DMRS and other parameters are used to support QCI 2
  • the required quality of network transmission service, the use duration of DRB 2 is 16.7ms, the use period of DRB 2 is 1s, and the use start time of DRB 2 is T2.
  • DRB 3 and DRB 4 are configured for UE 2.
  • DRB 3 is used for data transmission (specifically, uplink peak data) of the service data stream of QCI 3, and the configured time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, SRS resource indication, DMRS and other parameters are used to support QCI 3
  • the required quality of network transmission service, the use time of DRB 3 is 16.7ms, the use period is 1s, and the use start time is T3.
  • DRB 4 is used for data transmission of the service data stream of QCI 4 (specifically, uplink ordinary data), and the configured time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, SRS resource indication, DMRS and other parameters are used to support QCI 4
  • the required quality of network transmission service, the use time of DRB 4 is 16.7ms, the use period is 1s, and the use start time is T4.
  • the use start time T1 of DRB 1 and the use start time T2 of DRB 3 need to be staggered.
  • T2-T1 is greater than or equal to 16.7ms.
  • DRB 1 is used by UE 1 at 1 ms
  • DRB 3 is used by UE 2 at 18 ms.
  • the RAN can configure two definite starting time points for UE1 and UE2, and UE1 and UE2 use corresponding DRBs to transmit uplink peak data according to the starting time points.
  • the frequency domain resources occupied by the DRB 1 configured by the RAN for the UE 1 are the same as the frequency domain resources occupied by the DRB 3 configured for the UE 2, that is, different UEs can reuse the frequency domain resources.
  • the frequency domain resources of the DRB can be shared and used before multiple UEs, and resources can be saved.
  • the time when the UE receives the uplink resource scheduling policy sent by the RAN may also be used as the start time of using the DRB.
  • the time when the UE receives the uplink resource scheduling policy sent by the RAN may also be used as the start time of using the DRB.
  • UE 1 receives the uplink resource scheduling policy at time T1
  • the use start time of DRB 2 is determined to be T1+16.7ms.
  • UE 2 receives the uplink resource scheduling policy at time T2
  • the start time of use of DRB 2 is determined to be T2+16.7ms.
  • T2-T1 is greater than or equal to 16.7ms.
  • the uplink resource scheduling policy is determined by the RAN according to the received information of the UE, wherein the information of the UE includes the identification information of the UE, the feature information of the service data flow of the UE, and the QoS information of the service data flow. Specifically, the RAN determines the initial usage time, usage duration, and usage period of the DRB according to the characteristic information of the service data flow of the UE, and determines the type of the DRB according to the QoS information of the service data flow of the UE.
  • the information of the UE 1 received by the RAN includes: the identifier of the UE 1, the feature information of the service data flow of the UE 1, and the QoS information of the service data flow, wherein the UE 1's
  • the characteristic information of the service data stream includes: the time period is 1 second, the time slice is 60, the bit rate corresponding to time slice 1 is V1, the bit rate corresponding to time slice 2-60 is V2, and V1 is greater than V2 .
  • the QoS information of the service data flow includes: QFI, time slice 1 corresponds to QCI 83, and time slices 2-60 correspond to QCI 87, wherein the level of QCI 83 is higher than that of QCI 87.
  • the RAN determines the uplink resource scheduling policy of UE 1, which specifically includes the information of DRB 1 and the information of DRB 2.
  • the information of DRB 1 includes: the type of DRB 1 is type 1 (this type 1 corresponds to QCI 83), the use start time of DRB 1 is T1, the use time is 16.7ms, and the use period is 1s.
  • the information of DRB 2 includes: the type of DRB 2 is type 2 (this type 2 corresponds to QCI 87), the use start time of DRB 2 is T2, the use time is 983.3ms, and the use period is 1s.
  • UE 1 After UE 1 receives the uplink resource scheduling policy of UE 1, it can determine to use DRB 1 to send the uplink peak data of UE 1 in time slice 1, and use DRB 2 to send the uplink normal data of UE 1 in time slice 2-60.
  • the uplink resource scheduling resources configured for UE 2 include the information of DRB 3 and the information of DRB 4.
  • DRB 3 is used to send the uplink peak data of UE 2
  • DRB 4 is used to send the uplink normal data of UE 3.
  • the DRBs used by different UEs for transmitting uplink peak data are staggered from each other. For example, referring to FIG.
  • the time periods when UE 1 and UE 2 send uplink peak data are staggered, so that the sum of the data volume of uplink peak data received by the RAN in the same time period does not exceed the preset data volume threshold. Avoid the impact of heavy traffic on the RAN and cause insufficient RAN processing capacity.
  • Step 802 the UE performs video capture and encoding.
  • the UE After receiving the uplink resource scheduling policy, the UE determines the time point and time period at which uplink data transmission can be performed through DRB 1 and DRB 2, and then the UE can adjust its corresponding video capture and video encoding. For example, UE 1 collects video data in the transmission time window corresponding to DRB 1 and encodes the video data into I frames, and collects video data in the transmission time window corresponding to DRB 2 and encodes the video data into P frames.
  • Step 803 the UE sends uplink data to the RAN through the DRB.
  • the RAN receives the uplink data.
  • UE 1 sends I frame data to the RAN within the transmission time window corresponding to DRB 1, and sends P frame data to the RAN within the transmission time window corresponding to DRB 2.
  • UE 2 sends I frame data to RAN within the transmission time window corresponding to DRB 3, and sends P frame data to RAN within the transmission time window corresponding to DRB 4.
  • the RAN performs uplink data scheduling according to the characteristics of the uplink service data flow of the UE, so as to avoid the simultaneous transmission of peak data in the uplink transmission of multiple UEs, which may exceed the transmission capacity of the network, thereby ensuring the reliability of data transmission and the stability of the network status. stability.
  • each network element in the above-mentioned implementation includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing each function.
  • the present invention can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software in conjunction with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of the present invention.
  • the steps or operations corresponding to the first policy control network element may also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) configured in the first policy control network element, and corresponding to the steps or operations implemented by the first policy control network element.
  • the steps or operations implemented by the two-policy control network element may also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) configured in the second policy control network element, and corresponding to the steps or operations implemented by the binding support network element, they may also be implemented by
  • the components (such as chips or circuits) that support the network element binding are implemented, and the steps or operations corresponding to the steps or operations implemented by the application function network elements may also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) configured in the application function network elements.
  • FIG. 10 it is a schematic diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus is used to implement each step performed by the corresponding access network device in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the apparatus 1000 includes a transceiver unit 1010 and a processing unit 1020 .
  • the processing unit 1020 is configured to determine a first uplink resource scheduling policy of the first terminal device and a second uplink resource scheduling policy of the second terminal device, where the first uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of the first data radio bearer DRB, so The first DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the first terminal device, the second uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of the second DRB, and the second DRB is used to carry the uplink peak value of the second terminal device data, the usage time periods of the first DRB and the second DRB do not completely overlap; the transceiver unit 1010 is configured to send the first uplink resource scheduling policy to the first terminal device, and send the first uplink resource scheduling policy to the second DRB. The terminal device sends the second uplink resource scheduling policy.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 is further configured to receive the uplink peak data from the first terminal device and the uplink peak data from the second terminal device within the first time period, so The uplink peak data of the first terminal device is carried in the first DRB, the uplink peak data of the second terminal device is carried in the second DRB, and the data volume of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device is the same as that of the first terminal device. The sum of the data volume of the uplink peak data of the second terminal device does not exceed the data volume threshold.
  • the processing unit 1020 is specifically configured to determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, and determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device The second uplink resource scheduling strategy.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 is further configured to receive the information of the first terminal device and the information of the second terminal device from the session management network element, the information of the first terminal device Contains the identification information of the first terminal device, the feature information of the service data flow of the first terminal device, and the first quality of service QoS information of the service data flow of the first terminal device.
  • the characteristic information of the service data flow is used to indicate the traffic characteristic information corresponding to different time slices of the service data flow of the first terminal device in a time period, and the first QoS information is used to indicate the different time slices.
  • the information of the second terminal device includes the identification information of the second terminal device, the feature information of the service data flow of the second terminal device, and the service of the second terminal device.
  • the second QoS information of the data flow, the characteristic information of the service data flow of the second terminal device is used to indicate the traffic characteristic information corresponding to different time slices of the service data flow of the second terminal device in a time period
  • the second QoS information is used to indicate the respective QCIs corresponding to the different time slices.
  • the feature information of the service data flow of the first terminal device includes a first time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the first time period, and the at least two time slices The bit rates corresponding to the slices respectively, the first QoS information includes the QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices, and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same, and the first terminal The service data flow of the device is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI.
  • the feature information of the service data flow of the second terminal device includes a second time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the second time period, and the at least two time slices the bit rates corresponding to the slices respectively
  • the second QoS information includes the QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices
  • the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same
  • the second terminal The service data flow of the device is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI.
  • the information of the first DRB includes the type of the first DRB, and the type of the first DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the first DRB;
  • the processing unit 1020 is configured to determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, and specifically includes: determining the type of the first DRB according to the first QoS information.
  • the information of the second DRB includes the type of the second DRB, and the type of the second DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the second DRB;
  • the processing unit 1020 is configured to determine the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, specifically including: determining the type of the second DRB according to the second QoS information.
  • the information of the first DRB includes the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB, the initial usage time of the first DRB and the The usage duration of the first DRB is used for the first terminal device to determine the time to send the uplink peak data;
  • the processing unit 1020 is configured to determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, specifically The method includes: determining the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB according to the characteristic information of the service data flow of the first terminal device.
  • the information of the second DRB includes an initial usage time of the second DRB and a usage duration of the second DRB, and the initial usage time of the second DRB and the The use duration of the second DRB is used for the second terminal device to determine the time to send the uplink peak data;
  • the processing unit 1020 is configured to determine the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, specifically The method includes: determining the type of the second DRB according to the second QoS information.
  • the information of the first DRB includes configuration information of the first DRB
  • the configuration information of the first DRB includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, One or more of listening reference signal resource indication and demodulation reference signal.
  • the information of the second DRB includes configuration information of the second DRB
  • the configuration information of the second DRB includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, One or more of listening reference signal resource indication and demodulation reference signal.
  • the uplink peak data of the first terminal device carried by the first DRB includes I frame data
  • the uplink peak data of the second terminal device carried by the second DRB includes I frame data
  • the first uplink resource scheduling policy further includes information of a third DRB, where the third DRB is used to carry the uplink general data of the first terminal device.
  • the uplink normal data of the first terminal device includes P frame data.
  • the above-mentioned communication apparatus 1000 may further include a storage unit, which is used to store data or instructions (also referred to as codes or programs), and each of the above-mentioned units may interact or be coupled with the storage unit to implement corresponding methods or Features.
  • the processing unit 1020 may read data or instructions in the storage unit, so that the communication apparatus implements the methods in the above embodiments.
  • each unit in the above apparatus can be realized in the form of software calling through the processing element; also can all be realized in the form of hardware; some units can also be realized in the form of software calling through the processing element, and some units can be realized in the form of hardware.
  • each unit can be a separately established processing element, or can be integrated in a certain chip of the device to be implemented, and can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which can be called by a certain processing element of the device and execute the unit's processing.
  • each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or implemented in the form of software being invoked by the processing element.
  • a unit in any of the above apparatuses may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, such as: one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), or, one or more Multiple microprocessors (digital singnal processors, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
  • ASICs Application Specific Integrated Circuits
  • DSP digital singnal processors
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • a unit in the apparatus can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler
  • the processing element can be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU) or other processors that can invoke programs.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • SOC system-on-a-chip
  • the above transceiver unit 1010 is an interface circuit of the device, and is used to send signals to or receive signals from other devices.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 is an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to or receive signals from other chips or devices.
  • FIG. 11 it is a schematic diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus is used to implement each step performed by the corresponding terminal device in the above embodiment.
  • the apparatus 1100 includes a sending unit 1110 , a receiving unit 1120 and a processing unit 1130 .
  • a receiving unit 1120 configured to receive a first uplink resource scheduling policy from an access network device, where the first uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of at least one DRB, and the information of the at least one DRB includes information of the first DRB, so The first DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the first terminal device; the sending unit 1110 is configured to send the first DRB to the access network device on the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy Upstream peak data of a terminal device.
  • the processing unit 1130 is configured to determine the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy and the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device; the sending unit 1110, which is specifically configured to send the uplink peak data of the first terminal device to the access network device on the first DRB.
  • the information of the first DRB includes the type of the first DRB, and the type of the first DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the first DRB;
  • the processing unit 1130 is specifically configured to determine the DRB type corresponding to the uplink peak data of the first terminal device according to the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device; determine the first terminal device corresponding to the DRB type. a DRB.
  • the information of the first DRB includes the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB; the sending unit 1110 is specifically configured to The initial usage time of a DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB, and the uplink peak data of the first terminal device is sent to the access network device on the first DRB.
  • the information of the first DRB includes a usage period of the first DRB, and the usage period is used to indicate a period during which the first terminal device sends uplink peak data.
  • the information of the first DRB includes configuration information of the first DRB
  • the configuration information of the first DRB includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, One or more of listening reference signal resource indication and demodulation reference signal.
  • the uplink peak data of the first terminal device carried by the first DRB includes I-frame data.
  • the use time period of the first DRB and the second DRB do not completely overlap, and the second DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the second terminal device; wherein, in the first time period The sum of the data volume of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device and the data volume of the uplink peak data of the second terminal device does not exceed the data volume threshold.
  • the first uplink resource scheduling policy further includes information of a third DRB, where the third DRB is used to carry the uplink general data of the first terminal device.
  • the uplink normal data of the first terminal device includes P frame data.
  • the above-mentioned communication device 1100 may further include a storage unit, which is used to store data or instructions (also referred to as codes or programs), and each of the above-mentioned units may interact or be coupled with the storage unit to implement corresponding methods or Features.
  • the processing unit 1130 may read data or instructions in the storage unit, so that the communication apparatus implements the methods in the above embodiments.
  • each unit in the above apparatus can be realized in the form of software calling through the processing element; also can all be realized in the form of hardware; some units can also be realized in the form of software calling through the processing element, and some units can be realized in the form of hardware.
  • each unit can be a separately established processing element, or can be integrated in a certain chip of the device to be implemented, and can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which can be called by a certain processing element of the device and execute the unit's processing.
  • each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or implemented in the form of software being invoked by the processing element.
  • a unit in any of the above apparatuses may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as: one or more ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGA, or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
  • the processing element can be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU or other processors that can invoke programs.
  • these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of SOC.
  • the above sending unit 1110 is an interface circuit of the device, and is used to send signals to other devices.
  • the sending unit 1110 is an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
  • the above receiving unit 1120 is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from other devices.
  • the receiving unit 1120 is an interface circuit used by the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices.
  • the communication apparatus includes: a processor 1210 and an interface 1230 , and optionally, the communication apparatus further includes a memory 1220 .
  • the interface 1230 is used to enable communication with other devices.
  • the method performed by the access network device or terminal device in the above embodiments can be implemented by the processor 1210 calling a program stored in a memory (which may be the memory 1220 in the access network device or the terminal device, or an external memory). That is, the access network device or the terminal device may include a processor 1210, and the processor 1210 executes the method performed by the access network device or the terminal device in the above method embodiments by invoking the program in the memory.
  • the processor here may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability, such as a CPU.
  • An access network device or terminal device may be implemented by one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods. For example: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessor DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. Alternatively, the above implementations may be combined.
  • the functions/implementation process of the transceiver unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020 in FIG. 10 may be implemented by the processor 1210 in the communication apparatus 1200 shown in FIG. 12 calling computer executable instructions stored in the memory 1220 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing unit 1020 in FIG. 10 may be implemented by the processor 1210 in the communication device 1200 shown in FIG. 12 calling the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 1220, and the transceiver unit 1010 in FIG. 10
  • the function/implementation process of the can be implemented through the interface 1230 in the communication device 1200 shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the functions/implementation process of the sending unit 1110, the receiving unit 1120 and the processing unit 1130 in FIG. 11 can be implemented by the processor 1210 in the communication apparatus 1200 shown in FIG. 12 calling the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 1220 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing unit 1130 in FIG. 11 can be implemented by the processor 1210 in the communication device 1200 shown in FIG. 12 calling the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 1220, the sending unit 1110 in FIG. 11 and the receiving unit 1110 in FIG.
  • the function/implementation process of the unit 1120 may be implemented through the interface 1230 in the communication device 1200 shown in FIG. 12 .
  • At least one item (single, species) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • “Plurality" means two or more, and other quantifiers are similar.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center is by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access, or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes an integration of one or more available media.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks (SSDs)), and the like.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or alternatively, the general-purpose processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
  • a processor may also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in combination with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration. accomplish.
  • the steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of this application may be directly embedded in hardware, a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of the two.
  • Software units can be stored in random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or this.
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EPROM memory read-only memory
  • EEPROM memory electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • registers hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or this.
  • a storage medium may be coupled to the processor such that the processor may read information from, and store information in, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be integrated into the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium may be provided in the ASIC.
  • the above-described functions described herein may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination of the three. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored on, or transmitted over, a computer-readable medium in the form of one or more instructions or code.
  • Computer-readable media includes computer storage media and communication media that facilitate the transfer of a computer program from one place to another. Storage media can be any available media that a general-purpose or special-purpose computer can access.
  • Such computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other device that can be used to carry or store instructions or data structures and Other media in the form of program code that can be read by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer, or a general-purpose or special-purpose processor.
  • any connection is properly defined as a computer-readable medium, for example, if software is transmitted from a website site, server or other remote source over a coaxial cable, fiber optic computer, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL) Or transmitted by wireless means such as infrared, wireless, and microwave are also included in the definition of computer-readable media.
  • DSL digital subscriber line
  • the discs and magnetic discs include compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (English: Digital Versatile Disc, DVD for short), floppy discs and Blu-ray discs. Disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while Discs usually use lasers to optically reproduce data. Combinations of the above can also be included in computer readable media.
  • the functions described in this application may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium.
  • Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, an apparatus and a system. Said method comprises: an access network device determining a first uplink resource scheduling policy of a first terminal device and a second uplink resource scheduling policy of a second terminal device, the first uplink resource scheduling policy containing information of a first DRB, the first DRB being used to bear uplink peak data of the first terminal device, and the second uplink resource scheduling policy containing information of a second DRB, the second DRB being used to bear uplink peak data of the second terminal device, and the usage time periods of the first DRB and the second DRB doing not completely overlap; and sending the first uplink resource scheduling policy to the first terminal device, and sending the second uplink resource scheduling policy to the second terminal device. The access network device can configure different terminal devices with different uplink resource scheduling policies, so that different terminal devices send uplink peak data to the access network device in different time periods, improving the transmission quality of the terminal devices and ensuring the stability of the state of the access network device.

Description

通信方法、装置及系统Communication method, device and system 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及通信方法、装置及系统。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, device, and system.
背景技术Background technique
目前,在一些垂直行业场景中,一个接入网设备可以同时为多个终端设备提供数据传输,并且接入网设备并不准确感知终端设备的上行数据的数据传输周期,终端设备之间不存在协同,多个终端设备可能同时通过接入网设备传输对传输资源要求较高的数据,造成数据流量的突发。在超出接入网设备的处理能力时,还可能出现丢包或者重传等问题,导致降低了终端设备传输质量和接入网设备状态的不稳定性。At present, in some vertical industry scenarios, one access network device can provide data transmission for multiple terminal devices at the same time, and the access network device does not accurately perceive the data transmission period of the uplink data of the terminal device, and there is no communication between the terminal devices. In coordination, multiple terminal devices may simultaneously transmit data that requires higher transmission resources through the access network device, resulting in bursts of data traffic. When the processing capability of the access network equipment is exceeded, problems such as packet loss or retransmission may also occur, which reduces the transmission quality of the terminal equipment and the instability of the state of the access network equipment.
如何协调多个终端设备之间的上行数据传输,亟需解决。How to coordinate uplink data transmission among multiple terminal devices needs to be solved urgently.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供一种通信方法、装置及系统,用以协同多个终端设备之间的上行数据传输,以提升终端设备传输质量和保障接入网设备状态的稳定性。The present application provides a communication method, apparatus and system for coordinating uplink data transmission between multiple terminal devices, so as to improve the transmission quality of the terminal devices and ensure the stability of the state of the access network devices.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,包括:接入网设备确定第一终端设备的第一上行资源调度策略和第二终端设备的第二上行资源调度策略,所述第一上行资源调度策略包含第一数据无线承载DRB的信息,所述第一DRB用于承载所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第二上行资源调度策略包含第二DRB的信息,所述第二DRB用于承载所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第一DRB与所述第二DRB的使用时间段不完全重叠;所述接入网设备向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一上行资源调度策略,以及向所述第二终端设备发送所述第二上行资源调度策略。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: an access network device determining a first uplink resource scheduling policy of a first terminal device and a second uplink resource scheduling policy of a second terminal device, the first uplink resource scheduling policy The resource scheduling policy includes the information of the first data radio bearer DRB, the first DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the first terminal device, the second uplink resource scheduling policy includes the information of the second DRB, the first DRB is The two DRBs are used to carry the uplink peak data of the second terminal device, and the usage time periods of the first DRB and the second DRB do not completely overlap; the access network device sends the data to the first terminal device. the first uplink resource scheduling policy, and sending the second uplink resource scheduling policy to the second terminal device.
基于上述方案,接入网设备可以为不同终端设备配置不同的上行资源调度策略,使得不同终端设备在不同时间段向接入网设备发送上行峰值数据,从而有助于减少多个终端设备在相同时间段发送上行峰值数据的数据量,从而减少接入网设备处理数据的压力,可以提升终端设备传输质量和保障接入网设备状态的稳定性。Based on the above solution, the access network device can configure different uplink resource scheduling policies for different terminal devices, so that different terminal devices send uplink peak data to the access network device in different time periods, thereby helping to reduce the number of The data volume of the uplink peak data sent in the time period reduces the pressure on the access network equipment to process data, improves the transmission quality of the terminal equipment and ensures the stability of the access network equipment status.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述接入网设备在第一时间段内接收来自所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据和来自所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据承载在所述第一DRB,所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据承载在所述第二DRB,所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据的数据量与所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据的数据量之和不超过数据量阈值。In a possible implementation method, the access network device receives uplink peak data from the first terminal device and uplink peak data from the second terminal device within a first time period, the first terminal device The uplink peak data of the terminal device is carried in the first DRB, the uplink peak data of the second terminal device is carried in the second DRB, and the data volume of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device is the same as that of the second DRB. The sum of the data volume of the uplink peak data of the terminal equipment does not exceed the data volume threshold.
基于该方案,接入网设备收到不同终端设备的上行峰值数据的数据流之和不超过数据量阈值,可以减轻接入网设备的负荷。Based on this solution, the sum of the data streams of uplink peak data received by the access network equipment from different terminal equipment does not exceed the data volume threshold, which can reduce the load of the access network equipment.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述接入网设备确定第一终端设备的第一上行资源调度策略和第二终端设备的第二上行资源调度策略,包括:所述接入网设备根据所述第一终端设备的信息确定所述第一上行资源调度策略,以及根据所述第二终端设备的信息确定所述第二上行资源调度策略。In a possible implementation method, the access network device determines the first uplink resource scheduling policy of the first terminal device and the second uplink resource scheduling policy of the second terminal device, including: the access network device according to the The first uplink resource scheduling policy is determined by the information of the first terminal device, and the second uplink resource scheduling policy is determined according to the information of the second terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述接入网设备从会话管理网元接收所述第一终端设备的 信息和所述第二终端设备的信息,所述第一终端设备的信息包含所述第一终端设备的标识信息、所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息和所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的第一服务质量QoS信息,所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的业务数据流在一个时间周期内的不同时间分片所对应的流量特征信息,所述第一QoS信息用于指示所述不同时间分片分别对应的QoS等级标识QCI,所述第二终端设备的信息包含所述第二终端设备的标识信息、所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息和所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的第二QoS信息,所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息用于指示所述第二终端设备的业务数据流在一个时间周期内的不同时间分片所对应的流量特征信息,所述第二QoS信息用于指示所述不同时间分片分别对应的QCI。In a possible implementation method, the access network device receives information of the first terminal device and information of the second terminal device from a session management network element, and the information of the first terminal device includes the identification information of the first terminal device, feature information of the service data flow of the first terminal device, and first quality of service QoS information of the service data flow of the first terminal device, the service data flow of the first terminal device The characteristic information is used to indicate the traffic characteristic information corresponding to different time slices of the service data flow of the first terminal device in a time period, and the first QoS information is used to indicate that the different time slices correspond to QoS level identifier QCI, the information of the second terminal device includes the identification information of the second terminal device, the feature information of the service data flow of the second terminal device, and the service data flow of the second terminal device. The second QoS information, the feature information of the service data flow of the second terminal device is used to indicate the traffic feature information corresponding to different time slices of the service data flow of the second terminal device in a time period, the The second QoS information is used to indicate the respective QCIs corresponding to the different time slices.
基于该方案,接入网设备是基于终端设备的信息确定终端设备的上行资源调度策略,可以实现准确确定上行资源调度策略。Based on this solution, the access network device determines the uplink resource scheduling policy of the terminal device based on the information of the terminal device, which can realize accurate determination of the uplink resource scheduling policy.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息包括第一时间周期、所述第一时间周期对应的至少两个时间分片和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的比特率,所述第一QoS信息包括QFI和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI,所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI不完全相同,所述第一终端设备的业务数据流映射至所述QFI对应的QoS流;所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息包括第二时间周期、所述第二时间周期对应的至少两个时间分片和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的比特率,所述第二QoS信息包括QFI和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI,所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI不完全相同,所述第二终端设备的业务数据流映射至所述QFI对应的QoS流。In a possible implementation method, the feature information of the service data flow of the first terminal device includes a first time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the first time period, and the at least two time slices The bit rates corresponding to the slices respectively, the first QoS information includes the QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices, and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same, and the first terminal The service data flow of the device is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI; the feature information of the service data flow of the second terminal device includes a second time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the second time period and all The bit rates corresponding to the at least two time slices, the second QoS information includes the QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices, and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same , the service data flow of the second terminal device is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的类型,所述第一DRB的类型用于指示所述第一DRB承载的业务数据流的流量特征;所述接入网设备根据所述第一终端设备的信息确定所述第一上行资源调度策略,包括:所述接入网设备根据所述第一QoS信息确定所述第一DRB的类型。所述第二DRB的信息包含所述第二DRB的类型,所述第二DRB的类型用于指示所述第二DRB承载的业务数据流的流量特征;所述接入网设备根据所述第二终端设备的信息确定所述第二上行资源调度策略,包括:所述接入网设备根据所述第二QoS信息确定所述第二DRB的类型。In a possible implementation method, the information of the first DRB includes the type of the first DRB, and the type of the first DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the first DRB; The determining, by the access network device, the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device includes: determining, by the access network device, the type of the first DRB according to the first QoS information. The information of the second DRB includes the type of the second DRB, and the type of the second DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the second DRB; the access network device Determining the second uplink resource scheduling policy based on the information of the second terminal device includes: determining, by the access network device, the type of the second DRB according to the second QoS information.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长,所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长用于所述第一终端设备确定发送上行峰值数据的时间;所述接入网设备根据所述第一终端设备的信息确定所述第一上行资源调度策略,包括:所述接入网设备根据所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息确定所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长。所述第二DRB的信息包含所述第二DRB的起始使用时间和所述第二DRB的使用时长,所述第二DRB的起始使用时间和所述第二DRB的使用时长用于所述第二终端设备确定发送上行峰值数据的时间;所述接入网设备根据所述第二终端设备的信息确定所述第二上行资源调度策略,包括:所述接入网设备根据所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息确定所述第二DRB的起始使用时间和所述第二DRB的使用时长。In a possible implementation method, the information of the first DRB includes the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB, the initial usage time of the first DRB and the The use duration of the first DRB is used for the first terminal device to determine the time for sending the uplink peak data; the access network device determines the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, including: The access network device determines the initial use time of the first DRB and the use time of the first DRB according to the characteristic information of the service data flow of the first terminal device. The information of the second DRB includes the initial usage time of the second DRB and the usage duration of the second DRB, and the initial usage time of the second DRB and the usage duration of the second DRB are used for all determining, by the second terminal device, the time to send the uplink peak data; and determining, by the access network device, the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, including: the access network device determining the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the first The characteristic information of the service data flow of the two terminal devices determines the initial use time of the second DRB and the use time of the second DRB.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的配置信息,所述第一DRB的配置信息包含时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、侦听参考信号资源指示、解调参考信号中的一个或多个;所述第二DRB的信息包含所述第二DRB的配置信息,所述第二DRB的配置信息包含时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线 端口、侦听参考信号资源指示、解调参考信号中的一个或多个。In a possible implementation method, the information of the first DRB includes configuration information of the first DRB, and the configuration information of the first DRB includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, One or more of listening reference signal resource indication and demodulation reference signal; the information of the second DRB includes configuration information of the second DRB, and the configuration information of the second DRB includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources One or more of resource, modulation and coding scheme, antenna port, listening reference signal resource indication, demodulation reference signal.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB承载的所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据包括I帧数据,所述第二DRB承载的所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据包括I帧数据。In a possible implementation method, the uplink peak data of the first terminal device carried by the first DRB includes I frame data, and the uplink peak data of the second terminal device carried by the second DRB includes I frame data.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一上行资源调度策略还包括第三DRB的信息,所述第三DRB用于承载所述第一终端设备的上行普通数据。In a possible implementation method, the first uplink resource scheduling policy further includes information of a third DRB, where the third DRB is used to carry the uplink general data of the first terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一终端设备的上行普通数据包括P帧数据。In a possible implementation method, the uplink normal data of the first terminal device includes P frame data.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,包括:第一终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第一上行资源调度策略,所述第一上行资源调度策略包含至少一个DRB的信息,所述至少一个DRB的信息包括第一DRB的信息,所述第一DRB用于承载所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据;所述第一终端设备根据所述第一上行资源调度策略,在所述第一DRB上向所述接入网设备发送所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: a first terminal device receiving a first uplink resource scheduling policy from an access network device, where the first uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of at least one DRB, The information of the at least one DRB includes the information of the first DRB, and the first DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the first terminal device; the first terminal device, according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy, The uplink peak data of the first terminal device is sent to the access network device on the first DRB.
基于该方案,终端设备根据接入网设备配置的上行资源调度策略,在用于承载上行峰值数据的DRB上向接入网设备发送上行峰值数据,可以提升数据传输质量。Based on this solution, the terminal device sends the uplink peak data to the access network device on the DRB used to carry the uplink peak data according to the uplink resource scheduling policy configured by the access network device, which can improve the data transmission quality.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一终端设备根据所述第一上行资源调度策略,在所述第一DRB上向所述接入网设备发送所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据,包括:所述第一终端设备根据所述第一上行资源调度策略和所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据的流量特征,确定所述第一DRB;所述第一终端设备在所述第一DRB上向所述接入网设备发送所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据。In a possible implementation method, the first terminal device sends the uplink peak data of the first terminal device to the access network device on the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy , including: the first terminal device determines the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy and the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device; Send the uplink peak data of the first terminal device to the access network device on a DRB.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的类型,所述第一DRB的类型用于指示所述第一DRB承载的业务数据流的流量特征;所述第一终端设备根据所述第一上行资源调度策略和所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据的流量特征,确定所述第一DRB,包括:所述第一终端设备根据所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据的流量特征,确定所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据对应的DRB类型;所述第一终端设备确定与所述DRB类型对应的所述第一DRB。In a possible implementation method, the information of the first DRB includes the type of the first DRB, and the type of the first DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the first DRB; The determining, by the first terminal equipment, the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy and the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the first terminal equipment includes: the first terminal equipment according to the first terminal equipment. The traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the device determine the DRB type corresponding to the uplink peak data of the first terminal device; the first terminal device determines the first DRB corresponding to the DRB type.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长;所述第一终端设备在所述第一DRB上向所述接入网设备发送所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据,包括:所述第一终端设备根据所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长,在所述第一DRB上向所述接入网设备发送所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据。In a possible implementation method, the information of the first DRB includes the initial use time of the first DRB and the use time of the first DRB; the first terminal device is on the first DRB Sending the uplink peak data of the first terminal device to the access network device includes: the first terminal device, according to the initial use time of the first DRB and the use time of the first DRB, The uplink peak data of the first terminal device is sent to the access network device on the first DRB.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的使用周期,所述使用周期用于指示所述第一终端设备发送上行峰值数据的周期。In a possible implementation method, the information of the first DRB includes a usage period of the first DRB, and the usage period is used to indicate a period during which the first terminal device sends uplink peak data.
基于上述方案,可以使得终端设备周期性地向接入网设备发送上行峰值数据,减少DRB的配置次数,可以提升数据传输效率。Based on the above solution, the terminal device can periodically send uplink peak data to the access network device, reducing the number of times of DRB configuration, and improving data transmission efficiency.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的配置信息,所述第一DRB的配置信息包含时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、侦听参考信号资源指示、解调参考信号中的一个或多个。In a possible implementation method, the information of the first DRB includes configuration information of the first DRB, and the configuration information of the first DRB includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, One or more of listening reference signal resource indication and demodulation reference signal.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB承载的所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据包括I帧数据。In a possible implementation method, the uplink peak data of the first terminal device carried by the first DRB includes I-frame data.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB与第二DRB的使用时间段不完全重叠,所述第二DRB用于承载第二终端设备的上行峰值数据;其中,在第一时间段内的所述第一 终端设备的上行峰值数据的数据量与所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据的数据量之和不超过数据量阈值。In a possible implementation method, the use time period of the first DRB and the second DRB do not completely overlap, and the second DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the second terminal device; wherein, in the first time period The sum of the data volume of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device and the data volume of the uplink peak data of the second terminal device does not exceed the data volume threshold.
基于上述方案,接入网设备可以为不同终端设备配置不同的上行资源调度策略,使得不同终端设备在不同时间段向接入网设备发送上行峰值数据,从而有助于减少多个终端设备在相同时间段发送上行峰值数据的数据量,从而减少接入网设备处理数据的压力,可以提升终端设备传输质量和保障接入网设备状态的稳定性。Based on the above solution, the access network device can configure different uplink resource scheduling policies for different terminal devices, so that different terminal devices send uplink peak data to the access network device in different time periods, thereby helping to reduce the number of The data volume of the uplink peak data sent in the time period reduces the pressure on the access network equipment to process data, improves the transmission quality of the terminal equipment and ensures the stability of the access network equipment status.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一上行资源调度策略还包括第三DRB的信息,所述第三DRB用于承载所述第一终端设备的上行普通数据。In a possible implementation method, the first uplink resource scheduling policy further includes information of a third DRB, where the third DRB is used to carry the uplink general data of the first terminal device.
基于上述方案,一个终端设备既可以传输上行峰值数据,也可以传输上行普通数据,提升了数据传输的多样性,可以提升数据传输能力和效率。Based on the above solution, a terminal device can transmit both uplink peak data and uplink ordinary data, which improves the diversity of data transmission and improves data transmission capability and efficiency.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一终端设备的上行普通数据包括P帧数据。In a possible implementation method, the uplink normal data of the first terminal device includes P frame data.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置可以是接入网设备,还可以是用于接入网设备的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第一方面、或第一方面的各可能的实现方法的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication apparatus, and the apparatus may be an access network device or a chip used for the access network device. The apparatus has the function of implementing the above-mentioned first aspect, or each possible implementation method of the first aspect. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置可以是终端设备,还可以是用于终端设备的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第二方面或第二方面的各可能的实现方法的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication apparatus, and the apparatus may be a terminal device or a chip used for the terminal device. The apparatus has the function of implementing the above-mentioned second aspect or each possible implementation method of the second aspect. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当该装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该装置执行如上述第一方面至第二方面的方法及第一方面至第二方面的各可能的实现方法中的任意方法。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer-executed instructions, and when the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory, so that the The apparatus performs any of the above-mentioned methods of the first to second aspects and possible implementation methods of the first to second aspects.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括用于执行上述第一方面至第二方面的方法及第一方面至第二方面的各可能的实现方法中的任意方法的各个步骤的单元或手段(means)。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a communication device for performing each step of the methods of the first aspect to the second aspect and any of the possible implementation methods of the first aspect to the second aspect. Units or means.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和接口电路,所述处理器用于通过接口电路与其它装置通信,并执行上述第一方面至第二方面的方法及第一方面至第二方面的各可能的实现方法中的任意方法。该处理器包括一个或多个。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor and an interface circuit, where the processor is configured to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit, and execute the methods of the first aspect to the second aspect and the first aspect to any of the possible implementations of the second aspect. The processor includes one or more.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括处理器,用于与存储器相连,用于调用所述存储器中存储的程序,以执行上述第一方面至第二方面的方法及第一方面至第二方面的各可能的实现方法中的任意方法。该存储器可以位于该装置之内,也可以位于该装置之外。且该处理器包括一个或多个。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor, which is connected to a memory and used to call a program stored in the memory to execute the methods of the first to second aspects and the first Any of the possible implementations of the aspect to the second aspect. The memory may be located within the device or external to the device. And the processor includes one or more.
第九方面,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得处理器执行上述第一方面至第二方面的方法及第一方面至第二方面的各可能的实现方法中的任意方法。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, the processor executes the above-mentioned first to second aspects The method and any of the possible implementation methods of the first aspect to the second aspect.
第十方面,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机产品包括计算机程序,当计算机程序运行时,使得上述第一方面至第二方面的方法及第一方面至第二方面的各可能的实现方法中的任意方法。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, the computer product includes a computer program, when the computer program runs, the methods of the first aspect to the second aspect and each of the first aspect to the second aspect are enabled. Any of the possible implementations.
第十一方面,本申请实施例还提供一种芯片系统,包括:处理器,用于执行上述第一 方面至第二方面的方法及第一方面至第二方面的各可能的实现方法中的任意方法。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, including: a processor configured to execute the methods of the first aspect to the second aspect and any of the possible implementation methods of the first aspect to the second aspect any method.
第十二方面,本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,包括接入网设备和会话管理网元。所述会话管理网元,用于向所述接入网设备发送第一终端设备的信息和第二终端设备的信息。所述接入网设备,用于根据所述第一终端设备的信息确定第一上行资源调度策略,以及根据所述第二终端设备的信息确定第二上行资源调度策略,所述第一上行资源调度策略包含第一数据无线承载DRB的信息,所述第一DRB用于承载所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第二上行资源调度策略包含第二DRB的信息,所述第二DRB用于承载所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第一DRB与所述第二DRB的使用时间段不完全重叠;向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一上行资源调度策略,以及向所述第二终端设备发送所述第二上行资源调度策略。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including an access network device and a session management network element. The session management network element is configured to send the information of the first terminal device and the information of the second terminal device to the access network device. The access network device is configured to determine a first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, and determine a second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, the first uplink resource The scheduling policy includes the information of the first data radio bearer DRB, the first DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the first terminal device, the second uplink resource scheduling policy includes the information of the second DRB, the second The DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the second terminal device, and the usage time periods of the first DRB and the second DRB do not completely overlap; sending the first uplink resource scheduling policy to the first terminal device , and sending the second uplink resource scheduling policy to the second terminal device.
第十三方面,本申请实施例还提供一种通信方法,包括:会话管理网元向接入网设备发送第一终端设备的信息和第二终端设备的信息。接入网设备根据所述第一终端设备的信息确定第一上行资源调度策略,以及根据所述第二终端设备的信息确定第二上行资源调度策略,所述第一上行资源调度策略包含第一数据无线承载DRB的信息,所述第一DRB用于承载所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第二上行资源调度策略包含第二DRB的信息,所述第二DRB用于承载所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第一DRB与所述第二DRB的使用时间段不完全重叠;接入网设备向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一上行资源调度策略,以及向所述第二终端设备发送所述第二上行资源调度策略。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication method, including: a session management network element sending information of the first terminal device and information of the second terminal device to an access network device. The access network device determines a first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, and determines a second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, where the first uplink resource scheduling policy includes the first The data radio bears the information of the DRB, the first DRB is used to bear the uplink peak data of the first terminal device, and the second uplink resource scheduling policy includes the information of the second DRB, and the second DRB is used to bear all the data. the uplink peak data of the second terminal device, the usage time periods of the first DRB and the second DRB do not completely overlap; the access network device sends the first uplink resource scheduling policy to the first terminal device, and sending the second uplink resource scheduling policy to the second terminal device.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2(a)为基于服务化架构的5G网络架构示意图;Figure 2(a) is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a service-oriented architecture;
图2(b)为基于点对点接口的5G网络架构示意图;Figure 2(b) is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a point-to-point interface;
图3(a)为终端设备上传的上行数据流的数据流特征示意图;Fig. 3 (a) is the data flow characteristic schematic diagram of the upstream data flow uploaded by terminal equipment;
图3(b)为多个终端设备同时上传的上行数据流的数据流特征示意图;Figure 3 (b) is a schematic diagram of the data flow characteristics of upstream data streams uploaded by multiple terminal devices simultaneously;
图4本申请实施例提供一种通信方法示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5本申请实施例提供又一种通信方法示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6本申请实施例提供又一种通信方法示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7本申请实施例提供又一种通信方法示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8本申请实施例提供又一种通信方法示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本上行资源调度策略配置示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the configuration of this uplink resource scheduling policy;
图10本申请实施例提供一种通信装置示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11本申请实施例提供又一种通信装置示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12本申请实施例提供又一种通信装置示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of yet another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请作进一步地详细描述。方法实施例中的具体操作方法也可以应用于装置实施例或系统实施例中。其中,在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions and advantages of the present application clearer, the present application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. The specific operation methods in the method embodiments may also be applied to the apparatus embodiments or the system embodiments. Wherein, in the description of the present application, unless otherwise specified, the meaning of "plurality" is two or more.
为解决背景技术中提到的问题,如图1所示,本申请提供一种通信系统,该系统包括接入网设备和会话管理网元。In order to solve the problems mentioned in the background art, as shown in FIG. 1 , the present application provides a communication system, which includes an access network device and a session management network element.
所述会话管理网元,用于向所述接入网设备发送第一终端设备的信息和第二终端设备的信息;所述接入网设备,用于根据所述第一终端设备的信息确定第一上行资源调度策略,以及根据所述第二终端设备的信息确定第二上行资源调度策略,所述第一上行资源调度策略包含第一数据无线承载DRB的信息,所述第一DRB用于承载所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第二上行资源调度策略包含第二DRB的信息,所述第二DRB用于承载所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第一DRB与所述第二DRB的使用时间段不完全重叠;向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一上行资源调度策略,以及向所述第二终端设备发送所述第二上行资源调度策略。The session management network element is configured to send the information of the first terminal device and the information of the second terminal device to the access network device; the access network device is configured to determine according to the information of the first terminal device a first uplink resource scheduling policy, and determining a second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, where the first uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of a first data radio bearer DRB, and the first DRB is used for Bearing the uplink peak data of the first terminal device, the second uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of a second DRB, the second DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the second terminal device, the first The use time period of the DRB and the second DRB does not completely overlap; the first uplink resource scheduling policy is sent to the first terminal device, and the second uplink resource scheduling policy is sent to the second terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述接入网设备,还用于在第一时间段内接收来自所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据和来自所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据承载在所述第一DRB,所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据承载在所述第二DRB,所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据的数据量与所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据的数据量之和不超过数据量阈值。In a possible implementation method, the access network device is further configured to receive the uplink peak data from the first terminal device and the uplink peak data from the second terminal device within the first time period, The uplink peak data of the first terminal device is carried in the first DRB, the uplink peak data of the second terminal device is carried in the second DRB, and the data volume of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device is the same as that of the first terminal device. The sum of the data volume of the uplink peak data of the second terminal device does not exceed the data volume threshold.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述接入网设备,还用于从会话管理网元接收所述第一终端设备的信息和所述第二终端设备的信息,所述第一终端设备的信息包含所述第一终端设备的标识信息、所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息和所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的第一服务质量QoS信息,所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的业务数据流在一个时间周期内的不同时间分片所对应的流量特征信息,所述第一QoS信息用于指示所述不同时间分片分别对应的QoS等级标识QCI。In a possible implementation method, the access network device is further configured to receive the information of the first terminal device and the information of the second terminal device from a session management network element, and the information of the first terminal device The information includes the identification information of the first terminal device, the feature information of the service data flow of the first terminal device, and the first quality of service QoS information of the service data flow of the first terminal device. The characteristic information of the service data flow is used to indicate the traffic characteristic information corresponding to different time slices of the service data flow of the first terminal device in a time period, and the first QoS information is used to indicate the different time slices. The QoS levels corresponding to the slices are identified as QCIs.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第二终端设备的信息包含所述第二终端设备的标识信息、所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息和所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的第二QoS信息,所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息用于指示所述第二终端设备的业务数据流在一个时间周期内的不同时间分片所对应的流量特征信息,所述第二QoS信息用于指示所述不同时间分片分别对应的QCI;所述接入网设备,用于确定第一终端设备的第一上行资源调度策略和第二终端设备的第二上行资源调度策略,具体包括:用于根据所述第一终端设备的信息确定所述第一上行资源调度策略,以及根据所述第二终端设备的信息确定所述第二上行资源调度策略。In a possible implementation method, the information of the second terminal device includes identification information of the second terminal device, feature information of the service data flow of the second terminal device, and service data of the second terminal device The second QoS information of the data flow, the characteristic information of the service data flow of the second terminal device is used to indicate the traffic characteristic information corresponding to different time slices of the service data flow of the second terminal device in a time period , the second QoS information is used to indicate the respective QCIs corresponding to the different time slices; the access network device is used to determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy of the first terminal device and the second The uplink resource scheduling policy specifically includes: determining the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, and determining the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息包括第一时间周期、所述第一时间周期对应的至少两个时间分片和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的比特率,所述第一QoS信息包括QFI和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI,所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI不完全相同,所述第一终端设备的业务数据流映射至所述QFI对应的QoS流。In a possible implementation method, the feature information of the service data flow of the first terminal device includes a first time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the first time period, and the at least two time slices The bit rates corresponding to the slices respectively, the first QoS information includes the QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices, and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same, and the first terminal The service data flow of the device is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息包括第二时间周期、所述第二时间周期对应的至少两个时间分片和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的比特率,所述第二QoS信息包括QFI和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI,所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI不完全相同,所述第二终端设备的业务数据流映射至所述QFI对应的QoS流。In a possible implementation method, the feature information of the service data flow of the second terminal device includes a second time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the second time period, and the at least two time slices the bit rates corresponding to the slices respectively, the second QoS information includes the QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices, the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same, the second terminal The service data flow of the device is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的类型,所述第 一DRB的类型用于指示所述第一DRB承载的业务数据流的流量特征;所述接入网设备,用于根据所述第一终端设备的信息确定所述第一上行资源调度策略,具体包括:用于根据所述第一QoS信息确定所述第一DRB的类型。In a possible implementation method, the information of the first DRB includes the type of the first DRB, and the type of the first DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the first DRB; The access network device is configured to determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, specifically including: determining the type of the first DRB according to the first QoS information.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第二DRB的信息包含所述第二DRB的类型,所述第二DRB的类型用于指示所述第二DRB承载的业务数据流的流量特征;所述接入网设备,用于根据所述第二终端设备的信息确定所述第二上行资源调度策略,具体包括:用于根据所述第二QoS信息确定所述第二DRB的类型。In a possible implementation method, the information of the second DRB includes the type of the second DRB, and the type of the second DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the second DRB; The access network device is configured to determine the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, which specifically includes: determining the type of the second DRB according to the second QoS information.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长,所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长用于所述第一终端设备确定发送上行峰值数据的时间;所述接入网设备,用于根据所述第一终端设备的信息确定所述第一上行资源调度策略,具体包括:用于根据所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息确定所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长。In a possible implementation method, the information of the first DRB includes the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB, the initial usage time of the first DRB and the The use duration of the first DRB is used for the first terminal device to determine the time for sending the uplink peak data; the access network device is configured to determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, Specifically, the method includes: determining the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB according to the characteristic information of the service data flow of the first terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第二DRB的信息包含所述第二DRB的起始使用时间和所述第二DRB的使用时长,所述第二DRB的起始使用时间和所述第二DRB的使用时长用于所述第二终端设备确定发送上行峰值数据的时间;所述接入网设备,用于根据所述第二终端设备的信息确定所述第二上行资源调度策略,具体包括:用于根据所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息确定所述第二DRB的起始使用时间和所述第二DRB的使用时长。In a possible implementation method, the information of the second DRB includes an initial usage time of the second DRB and a usage duration of the second DRB, and the initial usage time of the second DRB and the The use duration of the second DRB is used for the second terminal device to determine the time for sending uplink peak data; the access network device is configured to determine the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, Specifically, the method includes: determining the initial use time of the second DRB and the use time of the second DRB according to the characteristic information of the service data flow of the second terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的配置信息,所述第一DRB的配置信息包含时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、侦听参考信号资源指示、解调参考信号中的一个或多个。In a possible implementation method, the information of the first DRB includes configuration information of the first DRB, and the configuration information of the first DRB includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, One or more of listening reference signal resource indication and demodulation reference signal.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第二DRB的信息包含所述第二DRB的配置信息,所述第二DRB的配置信息包含时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、侦听参考信号资源指示、解调参考信号中的一个或多个。In a possible implementation method, the information of the second DRB includes configuration information of the second DRB, and the configuration information of the second DRB includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, One or more of listening reference signal resource indication and demodulation reference signal.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB承载的所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据包括I帧数据,所述第二DRB承载的所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据包括I帧数据。In a possible implementation method, the uplink peak data of the first terminal device carried by the first DRB includes I frame data, and the uplink peak data of the second terminal device carried by the second DRB includes I frame data.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一上行资源调度策略还包括第三DRB的信息,所述第三DRB用于承载所述第一终端设备的上行普通数据。In a possible implementation method, the first uplink resource scheduling policy further includes information of a third DRB, where the third DRB is used to carry the uplink general data of the first terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一终端设备的上行普通数据包括P帧数据。In a possible implementation method, the uplink normal data of the first terminal device includes P frame data.
其中,上述方案的具体实现将在后续方法实施例部分详细阐述,在此不再赘述。The specific implementation of the above solution will be described in detail in the subsequent method embodiment section, and will not be repeated here.
图1所示的系统可以用在图2(a)或图2(b)所示的第五代(5th generation,5G)网络架构中,当然,也可以用在未来网络架构,比如第六代(6th generation,6G)网络架构等,本申请不做限定。The system shown in Figure 1 can be used in the fifth generation (5G) network architecture shown in Figure 2(a) or Figure 2(b), of course, it can also be used in future network architectures, such as the sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) network architecture, etc., which are not limited in this application.
示例性的,假设图1所示的通信系统应用于5G网络架构,如图2(a)所示,为基于服务化架构的5G网络架构示意图。图1中的接入网设备所对应的网元或者实体可以为图2(a)所示的5G网络架构中的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备。图1中的会话管理网元所对应的网元或者实体可以为图2(a)所示的5G网络架构中的会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元。Exemplarily, it is assumed that the communication system shown in FIG. 1 is applied to a 5G network architecture, as shown in FIG. 2( a ), which is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a service-oriented architecture. The network element or entity corresponding to the access network device in FIG. 1 may be a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) device in the 5G network architecture shown in FIG. 2(a). The network element or entity corresponding to the session management network element in FIG. 1 may be a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element in the 5G network architecture shown in FIG. 2(a).
图2(a)所示的5G网络架构中可包括三部分,分别是终端设备部分、数据网络(data network,DN)和运营商网络部分。下面对其中的部分网元的功能进行简单介绍说明。The 5G network architecture shown in Figure 2(a) can include three parts, namely the terminal equipment part, the data network (DN) and the operator network part. The following briefly describes the functions of some of the network elements.
其中,运营商网络可包括以下网元中的一个或多个:鉴权服务器功能(Authentication Server Function,AUSF)网元、网络开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)网元、策略控制功能(Policy Control Function,PCF)网元、统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)、统一数据库(Unified Data Repository,UDR)、网络存储功能(Network Repository Function,NRF)网元、应用功能(Application Function,AF)网元、接入与移动性管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF)网元、SMF网元、RAN以及用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元等。上述运营商网络中,除无线接入网部分之外的部分可以称为核心网络部分。The operator network may include one or more of the following network elements: Authentication Server Function (AUSF) network element, Network Exposure Function (NEF) network element, Policy Control Function (Policy Control Function) Function, PCF) network element, unified data management (unified data management, UDM), unified database (Unified Data Repository, UDR), network storage function (Network Repository Function, NRF) network element, application function (Application Function, AF) network Elements, Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF) network elements, SMF network elements, RAN, and user plane function (UPF) network elements, etc. In the above-mentioned operator network, the part other than the radio access network part may be referred to as the core network part.
在具体实现中,本申请实施例中的终端设备,可以是用于实现无线通信功能的设备。其中,终端设备可以是5G网络或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、终端单元、终端站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、无线通信设备、终端代理或终端装置等。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备或可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。终端可以是移动的,也可以是固定的。In specific implementation, the terminal device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device for implementing a wireless communication function. The terminal equipment may be a user equipment (UE), an access terminal, a terminal unit, a terminal station, a mobile station, a mobile station in a 5G network or a public land mobile network (PLMN) evolved in the future. , remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, wireless communication device, terminal agent or terminal device, etc. The access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices or wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) end devices, augmented reality (AR) end devices, industrial control (industrial) wireless terminal in control), wireless terminal in self-driving, wireless terminal in remote medical, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety Terminals, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc. Terminals can be mobile or stationary.
上述终端设备可通过运营商网络提供的接口(例如N1等)与运营商网络建立连接,使用运营商网络提供的数据和/或语音等服务。终端设备还可通过运营商网络访问DN,使用DN上部署的运营商业务,和/或第三方提供的业务。其中,上述第三方可为运营商网络和终端设备之外的服务方,可为终端设备提供其他数据和/或语音等服务。其中,上述第三方的具体表现形式,具体可根据实际应用场景确定,在此不做限制。The above-mentioned terminal device can establish a connection with the operator network through an interface (eg, N1, etc.) provided by the operator network, and use the data and/or voice services provided by the operator network. The terminal device can also access the DN through the operator's network, and use the operator's service deployed on the DN and/or the service provided by a third party. Wherein, the above-mentioned third party may be a service party other than the operator's network and the terminal device, and may provide other data and/or voice services for the terminal device. Wherein, the specific expression form of the above third party can be specifically determined according to the actual application scenario, and is not limited here.
RAN是运营商网络的子网络,是运营商网络中业务节点与终端设备之间的实施系统。终端设备要接入运营商网络,首先是经过RAN,进而可通过RAN与运营商网络的业务节点连接。本申请中的RAN设备,是一种为终端设备提供无线通信功能的设备,RAN设备也称为接入网设备。本申请中的RAN设备包括但不限于:5G中的下一代基站(g nodeB,gNB)、演进型节点B(evolved node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved nodeB,或home node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseBand unit,BBU)、传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、移动交换中心等。RAN is a sub-network of an operator's network, and is an implementation system between service nodes and terminal equipment in the operator's network. To access the operator's network, the terminal device first passes through the RAN, and then can be connected to the service node of the operator's network through the RAN. The RAN device in this application is a device that provides a wireless communication function for a terminal device, and the RAN device is also called an access network device. The RAN equipment in this application includes but is not limited to: next-generation base station (g nodeB, gNB), evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B in 5G (node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center, etc.
AMF网元,主要进行移动性管理、接入鉴权或授权等功能。此外,还负责在UE与PCF间传递用户策略。The AMF network element mainly performs functions such as mobility management, access authentication or authorization. In addition, it is also responsible for transferring user policies between UE and PCF.
SMF网元,主要进行会话管理、PCF下发控制策略的执行、UPF的选择、UE互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配等功能。The SMF network element mainly performs functions such as session management, execution of control policies issued by PCF, selection of UPF, and allocation of UE Internet Protocol (IP) addresses.
UPF网元,作为和数据网络的接口UPF,完成用户面数据转发、基于会话/流级的计费统计,带宽限制等功能。The UPF network element, as the interface UPF with the data network, implements functions such as user plane data forwarding, session/flow-level accounting statistics, and bandwidth limitation.
UDM网元,主要负责管理签约数据、用户接入授权等功能。The UDM network element is mainly responsible for the management of contract data, user access authorization and other functions.
UDR,主要负责签约数据、策略数据、应用数据等类型数据的存取功能。UDR is mainly responsible for the access function of contract data, policy data, application data and other types of data.
NEF网元,主要用于支持能力和事件的开放。The NEF network element is mainly used to support the opening of capabilities and events.
AF网元,主要传递应用侧对网络侧的需求,例如,QoS需求或用户状态事件订阅等。AF可以是第三方功能实体,也可以是运营商部署的应用服务,如IP多媒体子系统(IP Multimedia Subsystem,IMS)语音呼叫业务。其中,AF网元也可以称为应用服务器。The AF network element mainly conveys the requirements of the application side to the network side, such as QoS requirements or subscription of user status events. The AF may be a third-party functional entity or an application service deployed by an operator, such as an IP Multimedia Subsystem (IP Multimedia Subsystem, IMS) voice call service. The AF network element may also be called an application server.
PCF网元,主要负责针对会话、业务数据流级别进行计费、QoS带宽保障及移动性管理、UE策略决策等策略控制功能。The PCF network element is mainly responsible for policy control functions such as charging for sessions and service data flow levels, QoS bandwidth guarantee and mobility management, and UE policy decision-making.
NRF网元,可用于提供网元发现功能,基于其他网元的请求,提供网元类型对应的网元信息。NRF还提供网元管理服务,如网元注册、更新、去注册以及网元状态订阅和推送等。The NRF network element can be used to provide the network element discovery function, and provide network element information corresponding to the network element type based on the request of other network elements. NRF also provides network element management services, such as network element registration, update, de-registration, and network element status subscription and push.
AUSF网元:主要负责对用户进行鉴权,以确定是否允许用户或设备接入网络。AUSF network element: It is mainly responsible for authenticating users to determine whether to allow users or devices to access the network.
DN,是位于运营商网络之外的网络,运营商网络可以接入多个DN,DN上可部署多种业务,可为终端设备提供数据和/或语音等服务。例如,DN是某智能工厂的私有网络,智能工厂安装在车间的传感器可为终端设备,DN中部署了传感器的控制服务器,控制服务器可为传感器提供服务。传感器可与控制服务器通信,获取控制服务器的指令,根据指令将采集的传感器数据传送给控制服务器等。又例如,DN是某公司的内部办公网络,该公司员工的手机或者电脑可为终端设备,员工的手机或者电脑可以访问公司内部办公网络上的信息、数据资源等。A DN is a network outside the operator's network. The operator's network can access multiple DNs, and multiple services can be deployed on the DNs, which can provide data and/or voice services for terminal devices. For example, DN is the private network of a smart factory. The sensors installed in the workshop of the smart factory can be terminal devices, and the control server of the sensor is deployed in the DN, and the control server can provide services for the sensor. The sensor can communicate with the control server, obtain the instruction of the control server, and transmit the collected sensor data to the control server according to the instruction. For another example, the DN is an internal office network of a company. The mobile phones or computers of employees of the company can be terminal devices, and the mobile phones or computers of employees can access information and data resources on the internal office network of the company.
图2(a)中Nausf、Nnef、Npcf、Nudm、Naf、Namf、Nsmf、N1、N2、N3、N4,以及N6为接口序列号。这些接口序列号的含义可参见3GPP标准协议中定义的含义,在此不做限制。In Fig. 2(a), Nausf, Nnef, Npcf, Nudm, Naf, Namf, Nsmf, N1, N2, N3, N4, and N6 are interface serial numbers. For the meanings of these interface serial numbers, refer to the meanings defined in the 3GPP standard protocol, which is not limited here.
示例性的,假设图1所示的通信系统应用于5G网络架构,如图2(b)所示,为基于点对点接口的5G网络架构示意图。图1中的接入网设备所对应的网元或者实体可以为图2(b)所示的5G网络架构中的RAN设备。图1中的会话管理网元所对应的网元或者实体可以为图2(b)所示的5G网络架构中的SMF网元。Exemplarily, it is assumed that the communication system shown in FIG. 1 is applied to a 5G network architecture, as shown in FIG. 2(b), which is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a point-to-point interface. The network element or entity corresponding to the access network device in FIG. 1 may be the RAN device in the 5G network architecture shown in FIG. 2(b). The network element or entity corresponding to the session management network element in FIG. 1 may be the SMF network element in the 5G network architecture shown in FIG. 2(b).
图2(b)中的网元的功能的介绍可以参考图2(a)中对应的网元的功能的介绍,不再赘述。图2(b)与图2(a)的主要区别在于:图2(b)中的各个网元之间的接口是点对点的接口,而不是服务化的接口。For the introduction of the functions of the network elements in FIG. 2( b ), reference may be made to the introduction of the functions of the corresponding network elements in FIG. 2( a ), and details are not repeated here. The main difference between Fig. 2(b) and Fig. 2(a) is that the interface between each network element in Fig. 2(b) is a point-to-point interface, not a service-oriented interface.
在图2(b)所示的架构中,各个网元之间的接口名称及功能如下:In the architecture shown in Figure 2(b), the interface names and functions between each network element are as follows:
1)、N7:PCF与SMF之间的接口,用于下发协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话粒度以及业务数据流粒度控制策略。1), N7: the interface between the PCF and the SMF, used to issue a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session granularity and a business data flow granularity control policy.
2)、N15:PCF与AMF之间的接口,用于下发UE策略及接入控制相关策略。2), N15: the interface between the PCF and the AMF, used for delivering UE policies and access control related policies.
3)、N5:AF与PCF之间的接口,用于应用业务请求下发以及网络事件上报。3), N5: the interface between the AF and the PCF, used for application service request delivery and network event reporting.
4)、N4:SMF与UPF之间的接口,用于控制面与用户面之间传递信息,包括控制面向用户面的转发规则、QoS控制规则、流量统计规则等的下发以及用户面的信息上报。4), N4: The interface between the SMF and the UPF, used to transmit information between the control plane and the user plane, including controlling the distribution of forwarding rules for the user plane, QoS control rules, traffic statistics rules, etc., and information on the user plane report.
5)、N11:SMF与AMF之间的接口,用于传递RAN和UPF之间的PDU会话隧道信 息、传递发送给UE的控制消息、传递发送给RAN的无线资源控制信息等。5), N11: the interface between the SMF and the AMF, used to transfer the PDU session tunnel information between the RAN and the UPF, the control message sent to the UE, the radio resource control information sent to the RAN, and the like.
6)、N2:AMF与RAN之间的接口,用于传递核心网侧至RAN的无线承载控制信息等。6), N2: the interface between the AMF and the RAN, used to transmit radio bearer control information from the core network side to the RAN, etc.
7)、N1:AMF与UE之间的接口,接入无关,用于向UE传递QoS控制规则等。7), N1: the interface between the AMF and the UE, irrespective of access, used to deliver QoS control rules and the like to the UE.
8)、N8:AMF与UDM间的接口,用于AMF向UDM获取接入与移动性管理相关签约数据与鉴权数据,以及AMF向UDM注册UE当前移动性管理相关信息等。8), N8: the interface between the AMF and the UDM, for the AMF to obtain the access and mobility management related subscription data and authentication data from the UDM, and the AMF to register the UE's current mobility management related information to the UDM.
9)、N10:SMF与UDM间的接口,用于SMF向UDM获取会话管理相关签约数据,以及SMF向UDM注册UE当前会话相关信息等。9), N10: the interface between the SMF and the UDM, for the SMF to obtain the session management related subscription data from the UDM, and the SMF to register the UE's current session related information to the UDM.
10)、N35:UDM与UDR间的接口,用于UDM从UDR中获取用户签约数据信息。10), N35: an interface between the UDM and the UDR, used for the UDM to obtain user subscription data information from the UDR.
11)、N36:PCF与UDR间的接口,用于PCF从UDR中获取策略相关签约数据以及应用数据相关信息。11), N36: an interface between the PCF and the UDR, for the PCF to obtain the policy-related subscription data and application data-related information from the UDR.
12)、N12:AMF和AUSF间的接口,用于AMF向AUSF发起鉴权流程,其中可携带SUCI作为签约标识;12), N12: the interface between AMF and AUSF, used for AMF to initiate an authentication process to AUSF, which can carry SUCI as a contract identifier;
13)、N13:UDM与AUSF间的接口,用于AUSF向UDM获取用户鉴权向量,以执行鉴权流程。13), N13: the interface between the UDM and the AUSF, for the AUSF to obtain the user authentication vector from the UDM to execute the authentication process.
可以理解的是,上述网元或者功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。可选的,上述网元或者功能可以由一个设备实现,也可以由多个设备共同实现,还可以是一个设备内的一个功能模块,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It can be understood that the above network elements or functions may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform). Optionally, the foregoing network element or function may be implemented by one device, or may be implemented jointly by multiple devices, or may be a functional module in one device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请中的会话管理网元、策略控制网元、用户面网元、接入网设备分别可以是图2(a)或图2(b)中的SMF、PCF、UPF、RAN,也可以是未来通信如6G网络中具有上述SMF、PCF、UPF、RAN的功能的网元,本申请对此不限定。为方便说明,本申请以会话管理网元、策略控制网元、用户面网元、接入网设备分别为上述SMF、PCF、UPF、RAN为例进行说明。并且,以终端设备为UE为例进行说明。The session management network elements, policy control network elements, user plane network elements, and access network equipment in this application may be SMF, PCF, UPF, and RAN in Fig. 2(a) or Fig. 2(b), respectively, or may be In the future communication, such as the network element having the functions of the above-mentioned SMF, PCF, UPF, and RAN in the 6G network, this application does not limit this. For the convenience of description, the present application takes as an example that the session management network element, the policy control network element, the user plane network element, and the access network equipment are the above-mentioned SMF, PCF, UPF, and RAN, respectively. In addition, the terminal device is taken as an example of UE for description.
在现有的QoS模型中,当UPF收到下行数据包时,UPF会根据SMF提前配置好的包检测规则(Packet Detection Rule,PDR)过滤器(filter)将具有相同可靠性需求的数据包(packets)封装至同一个QoS流(QoS flow)。多个QoS flow可能存在于同一个PDU会话(PDU session)中,但每一个QoS flow具有独立、唯一的QoS流标识(QoS flow Identifier,QFI),且每个QoS flow关联一个QoS配置文件(QoS profile)。网络侧会根据QoS profile里面的参数对属于同一个QoS flow的数据包采用相同的QoS保障,如时延、转发优先级、丢包率等等。In the existing QoS model, when UPF receives downlink packets, UPF will filter packets with the same reliability requirements (Packet Detection Rule, PDR) configured in advance by SMF. packets) are encapsulated into the same QoS flow. Multiple QoS flows may exist in the same PDU session (PDU session), but each QoS flow has an independent and unique QoS flow identifier (QoS flow Identifier, QFI), and each QoS flow is associated with a QoS configuration file (QoS flow Identifier). profile). The network side will use the same QoS guarantee for packets belonging to the same QoS flow according to the parameters in the QoS profile, such as delay, forwarding priority, packet loss rate, etc.
当RAN收到来自UPF的下行QoS flow时,RAN会按照一定的映射规则将多个QoS flow封装至同一个数据无线承载(Data Radio Bearer,DRB),同一个DRB会享有相同的空口侧可靠性保障。When the RAN receives the downlink QoS flow from the UPF, the RAN will encapsulate multiple QoS flows into the same Data Radio Bearer (DRB) according to certain mapping rules, and the same DRB will enjoy the same reliability on the air interface side Assure.
如背景技术所述,在一些垂直行业场景中,一个接入网设备可以同时为多个终端设备提供数据传输,并且RAN设备并不准确感知终端设备的上行数据的数据传输周期,终端设备之间不存在协同,多个终端设备可能同时通过RAN设备传输对传输资源要求较高的数据,造成数据流量的突发。下面以终端设备为摄像头为例进行说明。在港口等垂直行业 场景,工作区域部署多个摄像头,摄像头的视频通过5G网络将音视频数据发送到应用服务器(即AF)。摄像头的视频传输具备以下特征:媒体业务数据流在确定的时间周期内的QoS需求存在变化。例如在一个图像群组(Group of pictures,GOP)对应的时间周期内:GOP为60、帧率为60帧/秒且时间周期为1秒时,一个时间周期内的初始帧可以为I帧,QoS要求的速率为60MB/s,传输时间长度为16.7ms,可靠性要求为99.9%,在一个时间周期内的剩余的传输时间内(即16.8ms至1s),传输的是P帧,速率为8MB/s,丢包率可以放宽到1%。部署的摄像头由于技术规格的不同(分辨率、帧率等),其媒体传输特征也存在差异。需要说明的是,因为I帧是首帧,因此数据量较大,进而对时延和可靠性要求都比较高。As described in the background art, in some vertical industry scenarios, one access network device can provide data transmission for multiple terminal devices at the same time, and the RAN device does not accurately perceive the data transmission period of the uplink data of the terminal devices, and the communication between the terminal devices Without coordination, multiple terminal devices may simultaneously transmit data that requires high transmission resources through the RAN device, resulting in bursts of data traffic. The following description takes the terminal device as a camera as an example. In vertical industry scenarios such as ports, multiple cameras are deployed in the work area, and the video from the cameras sends audio and video data to the application server (ie AF) through the 5G network. The video transmission of the camera has the following characteristics: the QoS requirements of the media service data flow change within a certain time period. For example, in a time period corresponding to a group of pictures (GOP): when the GOP is 60, the frame rate is 60 frames per second, and the time period is 1 second, the initial frame in a time period can be an I frame, The rate required by QoS is 60MB/s, the transmission time length is 16.7ms, and the reliability requirement is 99.9%. During the remaining transmission time (ie, 16.8ms to 1s) in a time period, P frames are transmitted at a rate of 8MB/s, the packet loss rate can be relaxed to 1%. The deployed cameras also differ in their media transfer characteristics due to different technical specifications (resolution, frame rate, etc.). It should be noted that, because the I frame is the first frame, the amount of data is large, and the requirements for delay and reliability are relatively high.
如图3(a)所示,为UE上传的上行数据流的数据流特征示意图。时间周期为1秒,一个时间周期划分为60个时间分片,每个时间分片用于传输一帧图像。时间分片1用于传输I帧,时间分片2-60用于传输P帧,且每个时间分片传输一个P帧。As shown in FIG. 3( a ), it is a schematic diagram of the data flow characteristics of the uplink data flow uploaded by the UE. The time period is 1 second, and one time period is divided into 60 time slices, each of which is used to transmit one frame of image. Time slice 1 is used to transmit I frames, time slices 2-60 are used to transmit P frames, and each time slice transmits one P frame.
如图3(b)所示,为多个UE同时上传的上行数据流的数据流特征示意图。图中以3个UE为摄像头为例,实际中可以是2个或2个以上的任意数量的摄像头。可以看出,多个摄像头在传输时间分片1的I帧时,在时间上部分重叠或完全重叠,可能导致在某个时间点或时间段内,RAN设备收到突发的大量上行数据,进而导致出现丢包或重传现象发生,影响了数据传输质量以及导致RAN设备的不稳定。As shown in FIG. 3( b ), it is a schematic diagram of data flow characteristics of uplink data streams uploaded by multiple UEs simultaneously. In the figure, three UEs are used as cameras as an example, but in practice, there may be two or more cameras in any number. It can be seen that when multiple cameras transmit the I frame of time slice 1, they partially or completely overlap in time, which may cause the RAN device to receive a large amount of burst uplink data at a certain time point or time period. As a result, packet loss or retransmission occurs, which affects the quality of data transmission and causes instability of RAN equipment.
本申请实施例中,业务数据流信息包括应用的标识(Application ID,App ID)、业务数据流的标识信息、业务数据流的特征信息(Traffic model)、业务数据流的QoS需求中的一个或多个。In the embodiment of the present application, the service data flow information includes one of the identification of the application (Application ID, App ID), the identification information of the service data flow, the characteristic information (Traffic model) of the service data flow, and the QoS requirement of the service data flow or multiple.
其中,应用的标识用于标识一个具体业务,例如可以为设定的字符。Wherein, the identifier of the application is used to identify a specific service, for example, it can be a set character.
业务数据流的标识信息包括但不限于以下信息中的一个或多个:IP三元组、统一资源定位符(Uniform Resource Locator,URL)。其中,IP三元组指的是应用服务器(即AF)的IP地址、端口号和协议号。The identification information of the service data stream includes but is not limited to one or more of the following information: IP triplet, Uniform Resource Locator (Uniform Resource Locator, URL). The IP triplet refers to the IP address, port number and protocol number of the application server (ie AF).
业务数据流的特征信息用于描述该业务数据流的特征,业务数据流的特征信息包括时间周期、该时间周期对应的至少两个时间分片以及每个时间分片对应的比特率。The feature information of the service data stream is used to describe the feature of the service data stream, and the feature information of the service data stream includes a time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the time period, and a bit rate corresponding to each time slice.
业务数据流的QoS需求包括但不限于以下信息中的一个或多个:比特率(bitrate)、丢包率(Packet Error Rate,PER)、分组时延预算(Packet Delay Budget,PDB)。The QoS requirements of the service data flow include but are not limited to one or more of the following information: bit rate (bitrate), packet loss rate (Packet Error Rate, PER), and packet delay budget (Packet Delay Budget, PDB).
需要说明的是,业务数据流的特征信息与业务数据流的QoS需求存在对应关系,业务数据流的特征信息中的一个时间周期内的每个时间分片对应一个QoS需求,不同时间分片对应QoS需求可能相同,也可能不同。示例性地,将一个时间周期划分为10个时间分片,分别为时间分片1至时间分片10。其中,时间分片1对应QoS需求1,时间分片2-3均对应QoS需求2,时间分片4-10均对应QoS需求3。It should be noted that there is a corresponding relationship between the characteristic information of the service data flow and the QoS requirements of the service data flow. Each time slice in a time period in the characteristic information of the service data flow corresponds to a QoS requirement, and different time slices correspond to The QoS requirements may or may not be the same. Exemplarily, a time period is divided into 10 time slices, which are time slice 1 to time slice 10 respectively. Among them, time slice 1 corresponds to QoS requirement 1, time slices 2-3 all correspond to QoS requirement 2, and time slices 4-10 all correspond to QoS requirement 3.
为解决背景技术提到的问题,如图4所示,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法示意图。该通信方法以RAN为两个UE(即第一UE和第二UE)配置上行资源调度策略为例,对于为多个UE配置上行资源调度策略的方法,可以参考为两个UE配置上行资源调度策略的实现方式。To solve the problems mentioned in the background art, as shown in FIG. 4 , an embodiment of the present application provides a schematic diagram of a communication method. In this communication method, the RAN configures uplink resource scheduling policies for two UEs (ie, the first UE and the second UE) as an example. For the method for configuring uplink resource scheduling policies for multiple UEs, refer to configuring uplink resource scheduling for two UEs. How the strategy is implemented.
该方法包括以下步骤:The method includes the following steps:
步骤401,RAN确定第一UE的第一上行资源调度策略和第二UE的第二上行资源调度策略。Step 401, the RAN determines the first uplink resource scheduling policy of the first UE and the second uplink resource scheduling policy of the second UE.
第一上行资源调度策略包含一个或多个数据无线承载(Data Radio Bearer,DRB)的信息,该一个或多个DRB的信息中至少包含第一DRB的信息,第一DRB用于承载第一UE的上行峰值数据。可以理解为,第一上行资源调度策略用于使第一UE在第一DRB上发送上行峰值数据,以及在其它DRB(比如第三DRB)上发送上行普通数据。上行峰值数据指的是发送速率高的数据,因此在短时间内数据量较大。上行普通数据指的是发送速率正常或低的数据,因此在短时间内数据量不大。示例性地,第一DRB承载的第一UE的上行峰值数据包括I帧数据。第三DRB承载的第一UE的上行普通数据包括P帧数据。The first uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of one or more data radio bearers (Data Radio Bearers, DRBs), the information of the one or more DRBs at least includes information of the first DRB, and the first DRB is used to bear the first UE up peak data. It can be understood that the first uplink resource scheduling policy is used to enable the first UE to send uplink peak data on the first DRB and send uplink normal data on other DRBs (such as the third DRB). Uplink peak data refers to data with a high transmission rate, so the amount of data is large in a short period of time. Uplink common data refers to data with a normal or low transmission rate, so the amount of data is not large in a short period of time. Exemplarily, the uplink peak data of the first UE carried by the first DRB includes I-frame data. The uplink common data of the first UE carried by the third DRB includes P frame data.
第二上行资源调度策略包含一个或多个DRB的信息,该一个或多个DRB的信息中至少包含第二DRB的信息,第二DRB用于承载第二UE的上行峰值数据。可以理解为,第二上行资源调度策略用于使第二UE在第二DRB上发送上行峰值数据,以及在其它DRB(比如第四DRB)上发送上行普通数据。示例性地,第二DRB承载的第二UE的上行峰值数据包括I帧数据。第四DRB承载的第二UE的上行普通数据包括P帧数据。The second uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of one or more DRBs, and the information of the one or more DRBs at least includes information of a second DRB, and the second DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the second UE. It can be understood that the second uplink resource scheduling policy is used to enable the second UE to send uplink peak data on the second DRB and send uplink normal data on other DRBs (eg, the fourth DRB). Exemplarily, the uplink peak data of the second UE carried by the second DRB includes I-frame data. The uplink normal data of the second UE carried by the fourth DRB includes P frame data.
其中,第一DRB与第二DRB的使用时间段不完全重叠。具体可以是:第一DRB与第二DRB的使用时间段部分重叠,或者是完全不重叠。如此,第一UE和第二UE可以错开发送上行峰值数据的时间。Wherein, the usage time periods of the first DRB and the second DRB do not completely overlap. Specifically, the usage time periods of the first DRB and the second DRB may partially overlap, or do not overlap at all. In this way, the first UE and the second UE can stagger the time for sending the uplink peak data.
作为一种实现方法,RAN可以从SMF接收第一UE的信息,然后根据第一UE的信息确定第一上行资源调度策略。其中,第一UE的信息包含第一UE的标识信息、第一UE的业务数据流的特征信息和第一UE的业务数据流的第一QoS信息,第一UE的业务数据流的特征信息用于指示第一UE的业务数据流在一个时间周期内的不同时间分片所对应的流量特征信息,第一QoS信息用于指示不同时间分片分别对应的QCI。可选的,第一UE的业务数据流的特征信息包括第一时间周期、第一时间周期对应的至少两个时间分片和至少两个时间分片分别对应的比特率,第一QoS信息包括QFI和至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI,至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI不完全相同,第一UE的业务数据流映射至QFI对应的QoS流。比如,RAN根据所述第一QoS信息确定所述第一DRB的类型,根据第一UE的业务数据流的特征信息确定第一DRB的起始使用时间、第一DRB的使用时长或第一DRB的使用周期中的至少一个。也即,第一DRB的信息包含第一DRB的类型、第一DRB的起始使用时间、第一DRB的使用时长或第一DRB的使用周期中的至少一个。As an implementation method, the RAN may receive the information of the first UE from the SMF, and then determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first UE. The information of the first UE includes identification information of the first UE, characteristic information of the service data flow of the first UE, and first QoS information of the service data flow of the first UE, and the characteristic information of the service data flow of the first UE is used In order to indicate the traffic characteristic information corresponding to different time slices of the service data flow of the first UE in a time period, the first QoS information is used to indicate the QCI corresponding to different time slices respectively. Optionally, the feature information of the service data flow of the first UE includes a first time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the first time period, and bit rates corresponding to the at least two time slices respectively, and the first QoS information includes: The QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices respectively, the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same, and the service data flow of the first UE is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI. For example, the RAN determines the type of the first DRB according to the first QoS information, and determines the initial usage time of the first DRB, the usage duration of the first DRB, or the first DRB according to the characteristic information of the service data flow of the first UE. at least one of the life cycles. That is, the information of the first DRB includes at least one of the type of the first DRB, the initial use time of the first DRB, the use duration of the first DRB, or the use period of the first DRB.
作为一种实现方法,RAN可以从SMF接收第二UE的信息,然后根据第二UE的信息确定第二上行资源调度策略。其中,第二UE的信息包含第二UE的标识信息、第二UE的业务数据流的特征信息和第二UE的业务数据流的第二QoS信息,第二UE的业务数据流的特征信息用于指示第二UE的业务数据流在一个时间周期内的不同时间分片所对应的流量特征信息,第二QoS信息用于指示不同时间分片分别对应的QCI。可选的,第二UE的业务数据流的特征信息包括第二时间周期、第二时间周期对应的至少两个时间分片和至少两个时间分片分别对应的比特率,第二QoS信息包括QFI和至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI,至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI不完全相同,第二UE的业务数据流映射至QFI对应的QoS流。比如,RAN根据所述第二QoS信息确定所述第二DRB的类型,根据第二UE的业务数据流的特征信息确定第二DRB的起始使用时间、第二DRB的使用时长或第二DRB的使用周期中的至少一个。也即,第二DRB的信息包含第二DRB的类型、 第二DRB的起始使用时间、第二DRB的使用时长或第二DRB的使用周期中的至少一个。As an implementation method, the RAN may receive the information of the second UE from the SMF, and then determine the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second UE. The information of the second UE includes identification information of the second UE, characteristic information of the service data flow of the second UE, and second QoS information of the service data flow of the second UE, and the characteristic information of the service data flow of the second UE is used In order to indicate the traffic characteristic information corresponding to different time slices of the service data flow of the second UE in a time period, the second QoS information is used to indicate the QCI corresponding to different time slices respectively. Optionally, the feature information of the service data flow of the second UE includes a second time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the second time period, and bit rates corresponding to the at least two time slices respectively, and the second QoS information includes: The QFI and the QCI corresponding to the at least two time slices respectively, the QCI corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same, and the service data flow of the second UE is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI. For example, the RAN determines the type of the second DRB according to the second QoS information, and determines the starting use time of the second DRB, the use duration of the second DRB, or the second DRB according to the characteristic information of the service data flow of the second UE at least one of the life cycles. That is, the information of the second DRB includes at least one of the type of the second DRB, the starting time of use of the second DRB, the duration of use of the second DRB, or the use period of the second DRB.
步骤402,RAN向第一UE发送第一上行资源调度策略。相应地,第一UE收到该第一上行资源调度策略。Step 402, the RAN sends the first uplink resource scheduling policy to the first UE. Correspondingly, the first UE receives the first uplink resource scheduling policy.
步骤403,RAN向第二UE发送第二上行资源调度策略。相应地,第二UE收到该第二上行资源调度策略。Step 403, the RAN sends the second uplink resource scheduling policy to the second UE. Correspondingly, the second UE receives the second uplink resource scheduling policy.
上述步骤402与步骤403的先后顺序不限。The sequence of the above steps 402 and 403 is not limited.
步骤404,第一UE根据第一上行资源调度策略,在第一DRB上向RAN发送第一UE的上行峰值数据。Step 404, the first UE sends the uplink peak data of the first UE to the RAN on the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy.
第一UE根据第一上行资源调度策略和第一UE的上行峰值数据的流量特征,确定第一DRB,然后在第一DRB上向RAN发送第一UE的上行峰值数据。比如,第一DRB的信息包含第一DRB的类型,第一DRB的类型用于指示第一DRB承载的业务数据流的流量特征,则第一UE可以根据第一UE的上行峰值数据的流量特征,确定第一UE的上行峰值数据对应的DRB类型,然后确定与DRB类型对应的第一DRB。The first UE determines the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy and the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the first UE, and then sends the uplink peak data of the first UE to the RAN on the first DRB. For example, the information of the first DRB includes the type of the first DRB, and the type of the first DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the first DRB, and the first UE can use the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the first UE according to the traffic characteristics of the first UE. , determine the DRB type corresponding to the uplink peak data of the first UE, and then determine the first DRB corresponding to the DRB type.
作为示例,可以使用QoS等级标识(QoS Class Identifier,QCI)来标识DRB类型。例如,RAN为第一UE配置了DRB信息1、DRB信息2和DRB信息3,其中,DRB信息1携带的DRB类型为QCI 1,DRB信息2携带的DRB类型为QCI 2,DRB信息3携带的DRB类型为QCI 3,DRB信息1对应的DRB 1用于承载上行峰值数据,DRB信息2对应的DRB 2和DRB信息3对应的DRB 3用于承载上行普通数据。当第一UE确定当前需要发送的上行数据的流量特征对应的DRB类型是QCI 1,则第一UE确定使用DRB信息1对应的DRB 1来上行该需要发送的上行数据(也即上行峰值数据)。As an example, a QoS Class Identifier (QCI) may be used to identify the DRB type. For example, the RAN configures DRB information 1, DRB information 2, and DRB information 3 for the first UE, wherein the DRB type carried in DRB information 1 is QCI 1, the DRB type carried in DRB information 2 is QCI 2, and the DRB information carried in DRB information 3 is QCI 2. The DRB type is QCI 3, the DRB 1 corresponding to the DRB information 1 is used to carry the uplink peak data, the DRB 2 corresponding to the DRB information 2 and the DRB 3 corresponding to the DRB information 3 are used to carry the uplink normal data. When the first UE determines that the DRB type corresponding to the traffic characteristics of the uplink data to be sent is QCI 1, the first UE determines to use the DRB 1 corresponding to the DRB information 1 to uplink the uplink data that needs to be sent (that is, the uplink peak data) .
可选的,第一DRB的信息还包含第一DRB的起始使用时间和第一DRB的使用时长,则第一UE可以根据第一DRB的起始使用时间和第一DRB的使用时长,在第一DRB上向RAN发送第一UE的上行峰值数据。也即,第一UE从第一DRB的起始使用时间开始发送上行峰值数据,且单次发送的最大持续时长不超过第一DRB的使用时长。Optionally, the information of the first DRB further includes the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB, then the first UE may, according to the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB, The uplink peak data of the first UE is sent to the RAN on the first DRB. That is, the first UE starts to send the uplink peak data from the initial use time of the first DRB, and the maximum duration of a single transmission does not exceed the use time of the first DRB.
可选的,第一DRB的信息还包含第一DRB的使用周期,该使用周期用于指示第一UE发送上行峰值数据的周期,则第一UE可以基于该使用周期,周期性地向RAN发送上行峰值数据。其中,当第一DRB的信息同时包含第一DRB的起始使用时间、第一DRB的使用时长和第一DRB的使用周期,则第一UE周期性向RAN发送上行峰值数据,第一次发送是在第一DRB的起始使用时间开始发送的,且每次发送的最大持续时长不超过第一DRB的使用时长。Optionally, the information of the first DRB further includes the usage period of the first DRB, where the usage period is used to indicate the period during which the first UE sends the uplink peak data, and the first UE may periodically send the RAN based on the usage period. Upstream peak data. Wherein, when the information of the first DRB includes the initial use time of the first DRB, the use duration of the first DRB, and the use period of the first DRB, the first UE periodically sends the uplink peak data to the RAN, and the first sending is It starts to be sent at the initial usage time of the first DRB, and the maximum duration of each transmission does not exceed the usage duration of the first DRB.
可选的,第一DRB的信息还包含时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、侦听参考信号资源指示、解调参考信号中的一个或多个。从而,第一UE可以基于时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、侦听参考信号资源指示、解调参考信号中的一个或多个,确定发送上行峰值数据的具体方式。Optionally, the information of the first DRB further includes one or more of time-domain resources, frequency-domain resources, modulation and coding scheme, antenna port, listening reference signal resource indication, and demodulation reference signal. Thus, the first UE may determine a specific manner of sending uplink peak data based on one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding scheme, antenna port, listening reference signal resource indication, and demodulation reference signal.
步骤405,第二UE根据第二上行资源调度策略,在第二DRB上向RAN发送第二UE的上行峰值数据。Step 405, the second UE sends the uplink peak data of the second UE to the RAN on the second DRB according to the second uplink resource scheduling policy.
第二UE根据第二上行资源调度策略和第二UE的上行峰值数据的流量特征,确定第二DRB,然后在第二DRB上向RAN发送第二UE的上行峰值数据。比如,第二DRB的信息包含第二DRB的类型,第二DRB的类型用于指示第二DRB承载的业务数据流的流量特征,则第二UE可以根据第二UE的上行峰值数据的流量特征,确定第二UE的上行 峰值数据对应的DRB类型,然后确定与DRB类型对应的第二DRB。The second UE determines the second DRB according to the second uplink resource scheduling policy and the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the second UE, and then sends the uplink peak data of the second UE to the RAN on the second DRB. For example, the information of the second DRB includes the type of the second DRB, and the type of the second DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the second DRB, then the second UE can use the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the second UE according to , determine the DRB type corresponding to the uplink peak data of the second UE, and then determine the second DRB corresponding to the DRB type.
作为示例,可以使用QoS等级标识(QoS Class Identifier,QCI)来标识DRB类型。例如,RAN为第二UE配置了DRB信息4、DRB信息5和DRB信息6,其中,DRB信息4携带的DRB类型为QCI 4,DRB信息5携带的DRB类型为QCI 5,DRB信息6携带的DRB类型为QCI 6,DRB信息4对应的DRB 4用于承载上行峰值数据,DRB信息5对应的DRB 5和DRB信息6对应的DRB 6用于承载上行普通数据。当第二UE确定当前需要发送的上行数据的流量特征对应的DRB类型是QCI 4,则第二UE确定使用DRB信息4对应的DRB 4来上行该需要发送的上行数据(也即上行峰值数据)。As an example, a QoS Class Identifier (QCI) may be used to identify the DRB type. For example, the RAN configures DRB information 4, DRB information 5, and DRB information 6 for the second UE, wherein the DRB type carried in DRB information 4 is QCI 4, the DRB type carried in DRB information 5 is QCI 5, and the DRB information carried in DRB information 6 is QCI 5. The DRB type is QCI 6, the DRB 4 corresponding to the DRB information 4 is used to carry the uplink peak data, the DRB 5 corresponding to the DRB information 5 and the DRB 6 corresponding to the DRB information 6 are used to carry the uplink normal data. When the second UE determines that the DRB type corresponding to the traffic characteristics of the uplink data to be sent is QCI 4, the second UE determines to use the DRB 4 corresponding to the DRB information 4 to uplink the uplink data that needs to be sent (that is, the uplink peak data) .
可选的,第二DRB的信息还包含第二DRB的起始使用时间和第二DRB的使用时长,则第二UE可以根据第二DRB的起始使用时间和第二DRB的使用时长,在第二DRB上向RAN发送第二UE的上行峰值数据。也即,第二UE从第二DRB的起始使用时间开始发送上行峰值数据,且单次发送的最大持续时长不超过第二DRB的使用时长。Optionally, the information of the second DRB further includes the initial usage time of the second DRB and the usage duration of the second DRB, then the second UE may, according to the initial usage time of the second DRB and the usage duration of the second DRB, The uplink peak data of the second UE is sent to the RAN on the second DRB. That is, the second UE starts to send the uplink peak data from the start time of using the second DRB, and the maximum duration of a single transmission does not exceed the usage time of the second DRB.
可选的,第二DRB的信息还包含第二DRB的使用周期,该使用周期用于指示第二UE发送上行峰值数据的周期,则第二UE可以基于该使用周期,周期性地向RAN发送上行峰值数据。其中你,当第二DRB的信息同时包含第二DRB的起始使用时间、第二DRB的使用时长和第二DRB的使用周期,则第二UE周期性向RAN发送上行峰值数据,首次是在第二DRB的起始使用时间开始发送的,且每次发送的最大持续时长不超过第二DRB的使用时长。Optionally, the information of the second DRB further includes the use period of the second DRB, and the use period is used to indicate the period during which the second UE sends the uplink peak data, and the second UE may periodically send the data to the RAN based on the use period. Upstream peak data. Among them, when the information of the second DRB includes the initial use time of the second DRB, the use duration of the second DRB, and the use period of the second DRB, the second UE periodically sends the uplink peak data to the RAN. The two DRBs start to be sent from the initial use time of the second DRB, and the maximum duration of each transmission does not exceed the use time of the second DRB.
可选的,第二DRB的信息还包含时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、侦听参考信号资源指示、解调参考信号中的一个或多个。从而,第二UE可以基于时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、侦听参考信号资源指示、解调参考信号中的一个或多个,确定发送上行峰值数据的具体方式。Optionally, the information of the second DRB further includes one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding scheme, antenna port, listening reference signal resource indication, and demodulation reference signal. Thus, the second UE may determine a specific manner of sending uplink peak data based on one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding scheme, antenna port, listening reference signal resource indication, and demodulation reference signal.
上述步骤404与步骤405的先后顺序不限。The sequence of the above steps 404 and 405 is not limited.
需要说明的是,RAN在第一时间段内从第一UE接收到的上行峰值数据的数据量,与在第一时间段内从第二UE接收到的上行峰值数据的数据量之和不超过数据量阈值。若涉及多个UE需要同时向RAN发送上行峰值数据,则RAN在第一时间段内从多个UE接收到的上行峰值数据的数据量之和不超过数据量阈值。该数据量阈值是由RAN的数据处理能力确定的,也即该数据量阈值与RAN的数据处理能力有关。It should be noted that the sum of the data volume of the uplink peak data received from the first UE in the first time period by the RAN and the data volume of the uplink peak data received from the second UE in the first time period does not exceed Data volume threshold. If multiple UEs are involved and need to send uplink peak data to the RAN at the same time, the sum of the data volumes of the uplink peak data received by the RAN from the multiple UEs within the first time period does not exceed the data volume threshold. The data volume threshold is determined by the data processing capability of the RAN, that is, the data volume threshold is related to the data processing capability of the RAN.
基于上述方案,RAN可以为不同UE配置不同的上行资源调度策略,使得不同UE在不同时间段向RAN发送上行峰值数据,从而有助于减少多个UE在相同时间段发送上行峰值数据的数据量,从而减少RAN处理数据的压力,可以提升UE传输质量和保障接入网设备状态的稳定性。Based on the above solution, the RAN can configure different uplink resource scheduling policies for different UEs, so that different UEs send uplink peak data to the RAN in different time periods, thereby helping to reduce the amount of uplink peak data sent by multiple UEs in the same time period , thereby reducing the pressure on the RAN to process data, improving the UE transmission quality and ensuring the stability of the access network equipment status.
作为示例,下面结合图5至图7所示的具体实施例,对上述图4所示的实施例进行说明。As an example, the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 will be described below with reference to the specific embodiments shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 7 .
如图5所示,为申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法示意图。该方法给出了业务数据流信息的配置过程,具体的,由AF通过NEF将业务数据流信息提供给网络。其中,业务数据流信息包括应用的标识、业务数据流的标识信息、业务数据流的特征信息或业务数据流的QoS需求中的至少一个,具体说明参考前述描述。As shown in FIG. 5 , it is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the application. The method provides the configuration process of the service data flow information. Specifically, the AF provides the service data flow information to the network through the NEF. The service data flow information includes at least one of an application identifier, service data flow identification information, service data flow feature information, or service data flow QoS requirements. For details, refer to the foregoing description.
该方法包括以下步骤:The method includes the following steps:
步骤501,AF向NEF发送第一请求。相应地,NEF可以接收到该第一请求。Step 501, the AF sends a first request to the NEF. Accordingly, the NEF may receive the first request.
其中,第一请求中携带新增的业务数据流信息、或更新的业务数据流信息。The first request carries the newly added service data flow information or the updated service data flow information.
可选的,该第一请求还携带UE标识(UE ID)或群组标识(Group ID)。其中,当第一请求携带UE标识时,表示该第一请求中携带的业务数据流信息是该UE的业务数据流的相关信息。当第一请求携带群组标识时,表示该第一请求中携带的业务数据流信息是该群组标识对应的所有UE的业务数据流的相关信息。Optionally, the first request further carries a UE identifier (UE ID) or a group identifier (Group ID). Wherein, when the first request carries the UE identifier, it indicates that the service data flow information carried in the first request is related information of the service data flow of the UE. When the first request carries the group identifier, it indicates that the service data flow information carried in the first request is related information of the service data flows of all UEs corresponding to the group identifier.
在一种实现方法中,AF准备增加新的业务数据流信息时,AF向NEF发送第一请求,该第一请求可以是业务数据流创建请求,比如具体可以是PFDManagement_Create Request,业务数据流创建请求携带新增的业务数据流信息。In one implementation method, when the AF is ready to add new service data flow information, the AF sends a first request to the NEF. The first request may be a service data flow creation request, for example, it may be PFDManagement_Create Request, a service data flow creation request Carry the newly added service data flow information.
在另一种实现方法中,AF准备更新现有的业务数据流信息时,AF向NEF发送第一请求,该第一请求可以是业务数据流更新请求,比如具体可以是PFDManagement_Update Request,业务数据流更新请求携带更新的业务数据流信息。In another implementation method, when the AF is ready to update the existing service data flow information, the AF sends a first request to the NEF, and the first request may be a service data flow update request, such as a PFDManagement_Update Request, the service data flow The update request carries the updated service data flow information.
步骤502,NEF更新NEF上保存的业务数据流信息。Step 502, the NEF updates the service data flow information stored on the NEF.
比如,NEF先判断是否允许第一请求,如果允许则更新NEF上保存的业务数据流信息。比如,若第一请求携带新增的业务数据流信息,则NEF根据新增的业务数据流信息,更新NEF上保存的业务数据流信息。再比如,若第一请求携带更新的业务数据流信息,则NEF根据更新的业务数据流信息,更新NEF上保存的业务数据流信息。For example, the NEF first determines whether to allow the first request, and if so, updates the service data flow information stored on the NEF. For example, if the first request carries the newly added service data flow information, the NEF updates the service data flow information stored on the NEF according to the newly added service data flow information. For another example, if the first request carries updated service data flow information, the NEF updates the service data flow information stored on the NEF according to the updated service data flow information.
需要说明的是,若第一请求还携带UE ID或Group ID,则NEF在保存业务数据流信息时,还保存该业务数据流信息与UE ID或Group ID之间的映射关系。It should be noted that, if the first request also carries the UE ID or Group ID, when the NEF saves the service data flow information, it also saves the mapping relationship between the service data flow information and the UE ID or Group ID.
步骤503,NEF向AF发送第一响应。相应地,AF可以接收到该第一响应。Step 503, the NEF sends a first response to the AF. Accordingly, the AF can receive the first response.
该第一响应用于通知AF的请求处理成功。The first response is used to notify the AF that the request processing is successful.
当然,如果上述步骤502中,NEF确定不允许第一请求、或NEF更新业务数据流信息失败,则第一响应用于通知AF的请求处理失败。Of course, if in the above step 502, the NEF determines that the first request is not allowed, or the NEF fails to update the service data flow information, the first response is used to notify the AF that the request processing fails.
第一响应具体可以是业务数据流创建响应、或业务数据流更新响应。Specifically, the first response may be a service data flow creation response, or a business data flow update response.
步骤504,NEF向UDR发送第二请求。相应地,UDR可以接收到该第二请求。Step 504, the NEF sends a second request to the UDR. Accordingly, the UDR may receive the second request.
其中,第二请求中携带新增的业务数据流信息、或更新的业务数据流信息。Wherein, the second request carries the newly added service data flow information or the updated service data flow information.
可选的,该第一请求还携带UE标识(UE ID)或群组标识(Group ID)。Optionally, the first request further carries a UE identifier (UE ID) or a group identifier (Group ID).
在一种实现方法中,NEF准备增加新的业务数据流信息时,NEF向UDR发送第二请求,该第二请求可以是数据管理创建请求(DM_Create Request),数据管理创建请求携带新增的业务数据流信息。In one implementation method, when the NEF is ready to add new service data flow information, the NEF sends a second request to the UDR, the second request may be a data management creation request (DM_Create Request), and the data management creation request carries the newly added service Data flow information.
在另一种实现方法中,NEF准备更新现有的业务数据流信息时,NEF向UDR发送第二请求,该第二请求可以是数据管理更新请求(DM_Update Request),数据管理更新请求携带更新的业务数据流信息。In another implementation method, when the NEF is ready to update the existing service data flow information, the NEF sends a second request to the UDR, the second request may be a data management update request (DM_Update Request), and the data management update request carries the updated Business data flow information.
步骤505,UDR更新UDR上保存的业务数据流信息。Step 505, the UDR updates the service data flow information stored in the UDR.
比如,若第二请求携带新增的业务数据流信息,则UDR根据新增的业务数据流信息,更新UDR上保存的业务数据流信息。再比如,若第二请求携带更新的业务数据流信息,则UDR根据更新的业务数据流信息,更新UDR上保存的业务数据流信息。For example, if the second request carries the newly added service data flow information, the UDR updates the service data flow information stored in the UDR according to the newly added service data flow information. For another example, if the second request carries updated service data flow information, the UDR updates the service data flow information stored in the UDR according to the updated service data flow information.
需要说明的是,若第二请求还携带UE ID或Group ID,则UDR在保存业务数据流信息时,还保存该业务数据流信息与UE ID或Group ID之间的映射关系。It should be noted that, if the second request also carries the UE ID or the Group ID, when the UDR saves the service data flow information, it also saves the mapping relationship between the service data flow information and the UE ID or the Group ID.
步骤506,UDR向NEF发送第二响应。相应地,NEF可以接收到该第二响应。Step 506, the UDR sends a second response to the NEF. Accordingly, the NEF may receive the second response.
该第二响应用于通知NEF的请求处理成功。The second response is used to notify the NEF that the request processing is successful.
当然,如果上述步骤505中,UDR更新业务数据流信息失败,则第二响应用于通知NEF的请求处理失败。Of course, if in the above step 505, the UDR fails to update the service data flow information, the second response is used to notify the NEF that the request processing fails.
第二响应具体可以是数据管理创建响应(DM_Create Response)、或数据管理更新响应(DM_Update Response)。The second response may specifically be a data management create response (DM_Create Response) or a data management update response (DM_Update Response).
步骤507,SMF确定需要获取业务数据流信息。Step 507, the SMF determines that it needs to acquire service data flow information.
比如,SMF上设置一个定时器,每到设定时长就触发SMF获取业务数据流信息。For example, a timer is set on the SMF, and the SMF is triggered to obtain service data flow information every time the set time period expires.
其中,SMF确定需要获取业务数据流信息,可以是确定需要获取新增的业务数据流信息、或确定需要获取更新的业务数据流信息。The SMF determines that it needs to acquire service data flow information, which may be to determine that it needs to acquire newly added service data flow information, or to determine that it needs to acquire updated service data flow information.
步骤508,SMF向NEF发送第三请求。相应地,NEF可以接收到该第三请求。Step 508, the SMF sends a third request to the NEF. Accordingly, the NEF can receive the third request.
该第三请求用于请求获取业务数据流信息。The third request is used to request to obtain service data flow information.
比如,第三请求可以是PFDManagement_Fetch Request。For example, the third request may be PFDManagement_Fetch Request.
步骤509,NEF向SMF发送第三响应。相应地,SMF可以接收到该第三响应。Step 509, the NEF sends a third response to the SMF. Accordingly, the SMF can receive the third response.
该第三响应携带新增的业务数据流信息、或更新的业务数据流信息。The third response carries the newly added service data flow information or the updated service data flow information.
比如,第三响应可以是PFDManagement_Fetch Response。For example, the third response may be PFDManagement_Fetch Response.
SMF接收到新增的业务数据流信息、或更新的业务数据流信息后,在SMF上保存新增的业务数据流信息、或更新的业务数据流信息。After receiving the newly added service data flow information or the updated service data flow information, the SMF saves the newly added service data flow information or the updated service data flow information on the SMF.
需要说明的是,若第三响应还携带UE ID或Group ID,则SMF在保存业务数据流信息时,还保存该业务数据流信息与UE ID或Group ID之间的映射关系。It should be noted that if the third response also carries the UE ID or Group ID, when the SMF saves the service data flow information, it also saves the mapping relationship between the service data flow information and the UE ID or Group ID.
上述步骤507至步骤509是由SMF主动向NEF请求获取业务数据流信息,作为另一种实现方法,还可以是由NEF在接收到新增的业务数据流信息、或更新的业务数据流信息后,主动向SMF上报新增的业务数据流信息、或更新的业务数据流信息。或者,作为另一种实现方法,还可以是由SMF主动向UDR请求获取业务数据流信息。In the above steps 507 to 509, the SMF actively requests the NEF to obtain the service data flow information. As another implementation method, the NEF may also receive the newly added service data flow information or the updated service data flow information after the NEF receives the information. , and actively report the newly added service data flow information or the updated service data flow information to the SMF. Alternatively, as another implementation method, the SMF may actively request the UDR to obtain the service data flow information.
步骤510,SMF向UPF发送第四请求。相应地,UPF可以接收到该第四请求。Step 510, the SMF sends a fourth request to the UPF. Accordingly, the UPF may receive the fourth request.
其中,第四请求中携带新增的业务数据流的标识信息、或更新的业务数据流的标识信息。Wherein, the fourth request carries the identification information of the newly added service data flow, or the identification information of the updated service data flow.
比如,第四请求可以是PFDManagement Request。For example, the fourth request may be a PFDManagement Request.
UPF可以按照新增的业务数据流的标识信息、或更新的业务数据流的标识信息进行数据流检测,识别新的业务数据流。The UPF can perform data flow detection according to the identification information of the newly added service data flow or the identification information of the updated service data flow, and identify the new service data flow.
步骤511,UPF向SMF发送第四响应。相应地,SMF可以收到该第四响应。Step 511, the UPF sends a fourth response to the SMF. Accordingly, the SMF can receive the fourth response.
该步骤为可选步骤。This step is optional.
上述实施例中,由AF提供新增的业务数据流信息、或更新的业务数据流信息,并更新至网络中的NEF、UDR和SMF。在具体实现中,可以是仅更新至网络中的NEF、UDR、SMF中的一个或多个网元,或者还可以是更新至网络中的其他网元,如AMF、PCF等。以及,还将业务数据流信息中的业务数据流的标识信息更新至UPF,使得UPF可以开始检测新的业务数据流。以及,还可以将某个UE或某个群组的业务数据流信息提供给网络。In the above embodiment, the newly added service data flow information or the updated service data flow information is provided by the AF, and updated to the NEF, UDR and SMF in the network. In a specific implementation, it may only be updated to one or more network elements in the NEF, UDR, and SMF in the network, or may also be updated to other network elements in the network, such as AMF, PCF, and so on. And, the identification information of the service data flow in the service data flow information is also updated to the UPF, so that the UPF can start to detect a new service data flow. And, the service data flow information of a certain UE or a certain group may also be provided to the network.
基于上述实施例,可以使网络获取和配置指定的业务数据流信息,从而可以检测到对应的业务数据流,后续可以基于业务数据流信息进行数据流的传输。而现有技术中不支持将业务数据流信息中的业务数据流特征信息提供给网络。Based on the above embodiment, the network can acquire and configure the specified service data flow information, so that the corresponding service data flow can be detected, and subsequently the data flow can be transmitted based on the service data flow information. However, the prior art does not support providing the service data flow feature information in the service data flow information to the network.
如图6所示,为申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法示意图。该方法给出了业务数据流的特征信息的配置过程。As shown in FIG. 6 , it is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the application. The method provides the configuration process of the characteristic information of the business data flow.
该方法包括以下步骤:The method includes the following steps:
步骤601,UE与AF建立应用的业务数据流连接。Step 601, the UE establishes a service data flow connection of the application with the AF.
UE与AF建立应用的业务数据流连接,比如可以是UE中的应用与AF中的应用建立应用层的业务数据流连接。The UE and the AF establish an application service data flow connection, for example, an application in the UE may establish an application layer service data flow connection with an application in the AF.
其中,该业务数据流的IP三元组或URL,与AF预先提供给网络的业务数据流信息中的IP三元组或URL保持一致。比如,AF按照图5实施例的方法向网络提供了业务数据流信息,则该步骤601的业务数据流的IP三元组或URL,与图5实施例的业务数据流信息中的IP三元组或URL保持一致。Wherein, the IP triplet or URL of the service data flow is consistent with the IP triplet or URL in the service data flow information provided by the AF to the network in advance. For example, if the AF provides service data flow information to the network according to the method in the embodiment of FIG. 5 , the IP triplet or URL of the service data flow in step 601 is the same as the IP triplet in the service data flow information in the embodiment of FIG. 5 . Groups or URLs remain the same.
步骤602,UPF根据配置的包检测规则做包检测,检测到有指定的业务对应的业务数据流时,向PCF发送事件报告,事件报告中携带检测的分组数据流描述(Packet Flow Description,PFD)标识。Step 602, the UPF performs packet detection according to the configured packet detection rules, and when detecting a service data flow corresponding to a specified service, sends an event report to the PCF, and the event report carries the detected packet data flow description (Packet Flow Description, PFD) logo.
比如,若UPF上预先配置了业务对应的业务数据流信息(比如通过图5实施例的步骤510配置的),则该UPF可以将业务数据流信息中的IP三元组或URL作为包检测规则的参数,来进行包检测。For example, if the service data flow information corresponding to the service is pre-configured on the UPF (for example, configured by step 510 in the embodiment of FIG. 5 ), the UPF can use the IP triplet or URL in the service data flow information as the packet detection rule parameters to perform packet inspection.
作为另一实现方法,UPF也可以将事件报告发给SMF,然后SMF再将事件报告发给PCF。As another implementation method, the UPF can also send the event report to the SMF, and then the SMF sends the event report to the PCF.
步骤603,PCF向SMF发送策略计费控制(Policy and Charging Control,PCC)规则。相应地,SMF可以接收到PCC规则。Step 603, the PCF sends a Policy and Charging Control (PCC) rule to the SMF. Accordingly, the SMF can receive the PCC rules.
PCF可以先从UDR、或SMF等网元获取业务数据流信息,然后根据业务数据流信息生成PCC规则。当业务采用多数据流传输时,PCF提供为每个业务数据流生成一个PCC规则,然后PCF向SMF发送PCC规则。每个PCC规则包括应用的标识、业务数据流的标识信息、业务数据流的特征信息和业务数据流的QoS信息。其中,业务数据流的QoS信息是根据业务数据流的QoS需求得到的。业务数据流的QoS信息包括QoS流标识(QoS Flow Identity,QFI)和业务数据流的特征信息中的一个时间周期内的各个时间分片分别对应的QCI。The PCF can first obtain service data flow information from network elements such as UDR or SMF, and then generate PCC rules according to the service data flow information. When the service is transmitted by multiple data streams, the PCF provides to generate a PCC rule for each service data stream, and then the PCF sends the PCC rule to the SMF. Each PCC rule includes an identification of the application, identification information of the service data flow, characteristic information of the service data flow, and QoS information of the service data flow. The QoS information of the service data flow is obtained according to the QoS requirement of the service data flow. The QoS information of the service data flow includes a QoS flow identity (QoS Flow Identity, QFI) and a QCI corresponding to each time slice in a time period in the characteristic information of the service data flow.
可选的,业务数据流的QoS信息还包括每个QCI对应的配置参数,配置参数包括比特率、丢包率、分组时延预算、优先级中的一个或多个。比如,当QCI是标准定义的,则业务数据流的QoS信息可以不需要携带QCI对应的配置参数,当QCI是自定义的,则业务数据流的QoS信息可以携带QCI对应的配置参数。Optionally, the QoS information of the service data flow further includes configuration parameters corresponding to each QCI, and the configuration parameters include one or more of bit rate, packet loss rate, packet delay budget, and priority. For example, when the QCI is defined by the standard, the QoS information of the service data flow may not need to carry the configuration parameters corresponding to the QCI. When the QCI is customized, the QoS information of the service data flow may carry the configuration parameters corresponding to the QCI.
作为一种实现方法,该步骤中PCF可以向SMF发送SMF initiated SM_Policy Association Modefication Request,其中携带PCC规则。As an implementation method, in this step, the PCF may send the SMF initiated SM_Policy Association Modefication Request to the SMF, which carries the PCC rule.
步骤604,SMF向UPF发送至少一个业务数据流的配置信息。相应地,UPF可以接收到至少一个业务数据流的配置信息。Step 604, the SMF sends configuration information of at least one service data flow to the UPF. Accordingly, the UPF may receive configuration information of at least one service data flow.
每个业务数据流对应一个配置信息,配置信息包含应用的标识、业务数据流的标识信息、业务数据流的特征信息和业务数据流的QoS信息。Each service data flow corresponds to a piece of configuration information, and the configuration information includes the identification of the application, the identification information of the service data flow, the feature information of the service data flow, and the QoS information of the service data flow.
SMF通过可以通过N4消息(如N4 PDU Establishment Modification Request、或N4 PDU Session Modification Request)将多个业务数据流的配置信息发送给UPF。The SMF can send the configuration information of multiple service data streams to the UPF through N4 messages (such as N4 PDU Establishment Modification Request, or N4 PDU Session Modification Request).
其中,UPF根据业务数据流的特征信息,来识别业务数据流或对业务数据流进行控制的具体实现方法,可以参考图3实施例的相关描述,不再赘述。The specific implementation method for the UPF to identify the service data flow or control the service data flow according to the characteristic information of the service data flow may refer to the relevant description of the embodiment in FIG.
步骤605,SMF通过AMF将至少一个业务数据流的配置信息发送给RAN。相应地,RAN可以接收到至少一个业务数据流的配置信息。Step 605, the SMF sends the configuration information of at least one service data flow to the RAN through the AMF. Correspondingly, the RAN may receive configuration information of at least one service data flow.
每个业务数据流对应一个配置信息,配置信息包含应用的标识、业务数据流的标识信息、业务数据流的特征信息和业务数据流的QoS信息。可选的,该配置信息还携带UE标识或群组标识。Each service data flow corresponds to a piece of configuration information, and the configuration information includes the identification of the application, the identification information of the service data flow, the feature information of the service data flow, and the QoS information of the service data flow. Optionally, the configuration information also carries a UE identity or a group identity.
基于上述实施例,在UE中的应用与AF建立应用的业务数据流连接之后,可以将业务数据流的配置信息发送给RAN和UPF,由RAN和UPF根据配置信息进行业务数据流的调度和传输控制,从而可以提升业务数据流的传输效率。Based on the above embodiment, after the application in the UE establishes the service data flow connection of the application with the AF, the configuration information of the service data flow can be sent to the RAN and the UPF, and the RAN and the UPF can schedule and transmit the service data flow according to the configuration information. control, so as to improve the transmission efficiency of business data flow.
如图7所示,为申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法示意图。该方法给出了业务数据流信息的配置过程,具体的,由UE在协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话建立过程中将业务数据流信息提供给网络。其中,业务数据流信息包括应用的标识、业务数据流的标识信息、业务数据流的特征信息或业务数据流的QoS需求中的至少一个,具体说明参考前述描述。As shown in FIG. 7 , it is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the application. The method provides a configuration process of service data flow information. Specifically, the UE provides the service data flow information to the network during the establishment of a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session. The service data flow information includes at least one of an application identifier, service data flow identification information, service data flow feature information, or service data flow QoS requirements. For details, refer to the foregoing description.
该方法包括以下步骤:The method includes the following steps:
步骤701,UE向AMF发送PDU会话建立请求。相应地,AMF收到该PDU会话建立请求。Step 701, the UE sends a PDU session establishment request to the AMF. Accordingly, the AMF receives the PDU session establishment request.
该PDU会话建立请求携带业务数据流信息。该PDU会话建立请求比如可以是PDU Session Modification Request。The PDU session establishment request carries service data flow information. The PDU session establishment request may be, for example, a PDU Session Modification Request.
步骤702,AMF向SMF发送PDU会话上下文更新请求。相应地,SMF收到该PDU会话上下文更新请求。Step 702, the AMF sends a PDU session context update request to the SMF. Accordingly, the SMF receives the PDU session context update request.
该PDU会话上下文更新请求携带业务数据流信息。该PDU会话上下文更新请求比如可以是Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request。The PDU session context update request carries service data flow information. The PDU session context update request may be, for example, Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request.
步骤703,SMF向PCF发送会话管理策略修改请求。相应地,PCF收到该会话管理策略修改请求。Step 703, the SMF sends a session management policy modification request to the PCF. Accordingly, the PCF receives the session management policy modification request.
该会话管理策略修改请求携带业务数据流信息。The session management policy modification request carries service data flow information.
作为示例,该会话管理策略修改请求可以是SMF initiated SM Policy Association Modification Request。As an example, the session management policy modification request may be an SMF initiated SM Policy Association Modification Request.
PCF接收到业务数据流信息之后,根据业务数据流信息生成PCC规则。当业务采用多数据流传输时,PCF提供为每个业务数据流生成一个PCC规则,然后PCF向SMF发送PCC规则。其中,PCC规则所包含的内容,可以参考前述步骤603的相关描述,这里不再赘述。After receiving the service data flow information, the PCF generates PCC rules according to the service data flow information. When the service is transmitted by multiple data streams, the PCF provides to generate a PCC rule for each service data stream, and then the PCF sends the PCC rule to the SMF. For the content included in the PCC rule, reference may be made to the relevant description of the foregoing step 603, which will not be repeated here.
步骤704,PCF向SMF发送PCC规则。相应地,SMF收到该PCC规则。Step 704, the PCF sends the PCC rule to the SMF. Accordingly, the SMF receives the PCC rule.
步骤705,SMF向UPF发送N4 PDU会话建立/修改请求。相应地,UPF收到该N4 PDU会话建立/修改请求。Step 705, the SMF sends an N4 PDU session establishment/modification request to the UPF. Accordingly, the UPF receives the N4 PDU session establishment/modification request.
该N4 PDU会话建立/修改请求携带业务数据流的特征信息和业务数据流的QoS信息。The N4 PDU session establishment/modification request carries the feature information of the service data flow and the QoS information of the service data flow.
步骤706,UPF向SMF发送N4 PDU会话建立/修改响应。相应地,SMF收到该N4 PDU会话建立/修改响应。Step 706, the UPF sends an N4 PDU session establishment/modification response to the SMF. Accordingly, the SMF receives the N4 PDU session establishment/modification response.
该步骤为可选步骤。This step is optional.
步骤707,SMF向AMF发送PDU会话上下文更新响应。相应地,AMF收到该PDU会话上下文更新响应。Step 707, the SMF sends a PDU session context update response to the AMF. Accordingly, the AMF receives the PDU Session Context Update Response.
该PDU会话上下文更新响应携带业务数据流的特征信息和业务数据流的QoS信息。The PDU session context update response carries characteristic information of the service data flow and QoS information of the service data flow.
该PDU会话上下文更新响应比如可以是Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response。The PDU session context update response may be, for example, Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response.
步骤708,AMF向RAN发送N2消息。相应地,RAN收到该N2消息。 Step 708, the AMF sends an N2 message to the RAN. Accordingly, the RAN receives the N2 message.
该N2消息携带业务数据流的特征信息和业务数据流的QoS信息。The N2 message carries characteristic information of the service data flow and QoS information of the service data flow.
在步骤708之后,RAN和UE之间通过无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)连接配置过程,对新建的数据流(Data Flow)进行配置,SMF从RAN确认该QoS Flow已经配置完成,以及,SMF通知UPF激活该QoS Flow等。After step 708, the newly created data flow (Data Flow) is configured through a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) connection configuration process between the RAN and the UE, and the SMF confirms from the RAN that the QoS Flow has been configured, and, The SMF notifies the UPF to activate the QoS Flow, etc.
上述实施例中,由UE提供业务数据流信息,并更新至网络中的RAN、SMF、PCF。In the above embodiment, the service data flow information is provided by the UE and updated to the RAN, SMF and PCF in the network.
基于上述实施例,可以使网络获取和配置指定的业务数据流信息,从而可以检测到对应的业务数据流,后续可以基于业务数据流信息进行数据流的传输。而现有技术中不支持将业务数据流信息中的业务数据流特征信息提供给网络。Based on the above embodiment, the network can acquire and configure the specified service data flow information, so that the corresponding service data flow can be detected, and subsequently the data flow can be transmitted based on the service data flow information. However, the prior art does not support providing the service data flow feature information in the service data flow information to the network.
如图8所示,为申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法示意图。该方法给出了RAN为UE配置上行资源调度策略的方法。其中,SMF是根据上述图6或图7所示的实施例,获取到业务数据流的特征信息和业务数据流的QoS信息。基于该方法,RAN可以对多个UE上行流量进行散列调度,避免多个UE同时发送峰值数据,RAN根据UE的业务数据流特征信息,确定各个UE的业务数据流的资源分配策略。As shown in FIG. 8 , it is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the application. The method provides a method for the RAN to configure the uplink resource scheduling policy for the UE. The SMF obtains feature information of the service data flow and QoS information of the service data flow according to the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 . Based on this method, the RAN can perform hash scheduling on the uplink traffic of multiple UEs to prevent multiple UEs from sending peak data at the same time.
以下以两个UE(具体是摄像头)向RAN发送上行业务数据流为例进行说明,并且每个UE的上行业务数据流特征如图3(a)所示。In the following, two UEs (specifically, cameras) send uplink service data streams to the RAN as an example for description, and the characteristics of the uplink service data streams of each UE are shown in FIG. 3( a ).
该方法包括以下步骤:The method includes the following steps:
步骤801,RAN向UE发送上行资源调度策略。相应地,UE收到上行资源调度策略。Step 801, the RAN sends the uplink resource scheduling policy to the UE. Correspondingly, the UE receives the uplink resource scheduling policy.
比如,RAN可以通过RRC配置消息向UE发送上行资源调度策略。For example, the RAN may send the uplink resource scheduling policy to the UE through an RRC configuration message.
该上行资源调度策略包含至少一个DRB信息,每个DRB信息包含DRB配置信息、DRB类型、DRB使用起始时间、DRB使用时长或DRB使用周期中的一个或多个。The uplink resource scheduling policy includes at least one DRB information, and each DRB information includes one or more of DRB configuration information, DRB type, DRB usage start time, DRB usage duration or DRB usage period.
其中,DRB配置信息包含时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案(Modulation and Coding Scheme,MCS)、天线端口、侦听参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal,SRS)资源指示、解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS)中的一个或多个。DRB类型用于指示该DRB对应的QCI。例如DRB类型1对应QCI 1,DRB类型2对应QCI 2。不同的QCI对应的QoS控制策略不同,比如QCI 1对应的QoS控制策略为:速率为60MB/s,可靠性要求为99.9%,QCI 2对应的QoS控制策略为:速率为8MB/s,丢包率为1%。DRB使用起始时间表示使用该DRB的起始时间点,DRB使用时长表示一次占用DRB的最大时长。DRB使用时长也可以称为DRB分配时长。DRB使用周期表示相邻两次使用该DRB的时间间隔,DRB使用周期也可以称为DRB调度周期。The DRB configuration information includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding scheme (Modulation and Coding Scheme, MCS), antenna ports, sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) resource indication, demodulation reference signal (Demodulation Reference) Signal, DMRS) one or more. The DRB type is used to indicate the QCI corresponding to the DRB. For example, DRB type 1 corresponds to QCI 1, and DRB type 2 corresponds to QCI 2. The QoS control policies corresponding to different QCIs are different. For example, the QoS control policies corresponding to QCI 1 are: the rate is 60MB/s, the reliability requirement is 99.9%, and the QoS control policies corresponding to QCI 2 are: the rate is 8MB/s, packet loss rate of 1%. The DRB usage start time indicates the start time point of using the DRB, and the DRB usage duration indicates the maximum duration of occupying the DRB at one time. The DRB usage duration may also be referred to as the DRB allocation duration. The DRB usage period represents a time interval between two adjacent uses of the DRB, and the DRB usage period may also be referred to as a DRB scheduling period.
如图9所示,为上行资源调度策略配置示意图。其中,为UE 1配置了DRB 1和DRB 2。DRB 1用于QCI 1的业务数据流的数据传输(具体是上行峰值数据),配置的时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、SRS资源指示、DMRS等参数用于支持QCI 1的所 需要的网络传输服务质量,DRB 1的使用时长为16.7ms,DRB 1的使用周期为1s,DRB 1的使用起始时间为T1。DRB 2用于QCI 2的业务数据流的数据传输(具体是上行普通数据),配置的时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、SRS资源指示、DMRS等参数用于支持QCI 2的所需要的网络传输服务质量,DRB 2的使用时长为16.7ms,DRB 2的使用周期为1s,DRB 2的使用起始时间为T2。As shown in FIG. 9 , it is a schematic diagram of configuring an uplink resource scheduling policy. Among them, DRB 1 and DRB 2 are configured for UE 1. DRB 1 is used for data transmission (specifically, uplink peak data) of the service data stream of QCI 1, and the configured parameters such as time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding scheme, antenna port, SRS resource indication, and DMRS are used to support QCI 1 The required quality of network transmission service, the use duration of DRB 1 is 16.7ms, the use period of DRB 1 is 1s, and the use start time of DRB 1 is T1. DRB 2 is used for data transmission (specifically, uplink common data) of the service data stream of QCI 2, and the configured time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding scheme, antenna port, SRS resource indication, DMRS and other parameters are used to support QCI 2 The required quality of network transmission service, the use duration of DRB 2 is 16.7ms, the use period of DRB 2 is 1s, and the use start time of DRB 2 is T2.
为UE 2配置了DRB 3和DRB 4。DRB 3用于QCI 3的业务数据流的数据传输(具体是上行峰值数据),配置的时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、SRS资源指示、DMRS等参数用于支持QCI 3的所需要的网络传输服务质量,DRB 3的使用时长为16.7ms,使用周期为1s,使用起始时间为T3。DRB 4用于QCI 4的业务数据流的数据传输(具体是上行普通数据),配置的时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、SRS资源指示、DMRS等参数用于支持QCI 4的所需要的网络传输服务质量,DRB 4的使用时长为16.7ms,使用周期为1s,使用起始时间为T4。 DRB 3 and DRB 4 are configured for UE 2. DRB 3 is used for data transmission (specifically, uplink peak data) of the service data stream of QCI 3, and the configured time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, SRS resource indication, DMRS and other parameters are used to support QCI 3 The required quality of network transmission service, the use time of DRB 3 is 16.7ms, the use period is 1s, and the use start time is T3. DRB 4 is used for data transmission of the service data stream of QCI 4 (specifically, uplink ordinary data), and the configured time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, SRS resource indication, DMRS and other parameters are used to support QCI 4 The required quality of network transmission service, the use time of DRB 4 is 16.7ms, the use period is 1s, and the use start time is T4.
DRB 1的使用起始时间T1与DRB 3的使用起始时间T2需要错开。作为示例,T2-T1大于或等于16.7ms。示例性地,DRB 1在第1ms被UE 1使用,DRB 3在第18ms被UE 2使用。RAN可以对UE 1和UE 2配置两个明确的起始时间点,UE 1和UE 2根据起始时间点使用对应的DRB进行上行峰值数据的传输。The use start time T1 of DRB 1 and the use start time T2 of DRB 3 need to be staggered. As an example, T2-T1 is greater than or equal to 16.7ms. Exemplarily, DRB 1 is used by UE 1 at 1 ms, and DRB 3 is used by UE 2 at 18 ms. The RAN can configure two definite starting time points for UE1 and UE2, and UE1 and UE2 use corresponding DRBs to transmit uplink peak data according to the starting time points.
可选的,RAN为UE 1配置的DRB 1所占用的频域资源,与为UE 2配置的DRB 3所占用的频域资源相同,也即不同UE可以重用频域资源。基于该实现方法,可以实现使得DRB的频域资源在多个UE之前共享使用,可以节约资源。Optionally, the frequency domain resources occupied by the DRB 1 configured by the RAN for the UE 1 are the same as the frequency domain resources occupied by the DRB 3 configured for the UE 2, that is, different UEs can reuse the frequency domain resources. Based on the implementation method, the frequency domain resources of the DRB can be shared and used before multiple UEs, and resources can be saved.
以上是通过上行资源调度策略携带DRB的使用起始时间。作为另一实现方法,也可以是将UE接收到RAN发送的上行资源调度策略的时间,作为使用DRB的起始时间。例如,UE 1在T1时刻收到上行资源调度策略的时间,则确定DRB 1的使用起始时间为T1,且确定DRB 2的使用起始时间为T1+16.7ms。UE 2在T2时刻收到上行资源调度策略的时间,则确定DRB 3的使用起始时间为T2,且确定DRB 2的使用起始时间为T2+16.7ms。并且,T2-T1大于或等于16.7ms。The above is the start time of using the DRB carried by the uplink resource scheduling policy. As another implementation method, the time when the UE receives the uplink resource scheduling policy sent by the RAN may also be used as the start time of using the DRB. For example, when UE 1 receives the uplink resource scheduling policy at time T1, it is determined that the use start time of DRB 1 is T1, and the use start time of DRB 2 is determined to be T1+16.7ms. When UE 2 receives the uplink resource scheduling policy at time T2, it determines that the start time of use of DRB 3 is T2, and the start time of use of DRB 2 is determined to be T2+16.7ms. And, T2-T1 is greater than or equal to 16.7ms.
作为一种实现方法,上行资源调度策略是RAN根据接收到的UE的信息确定的,其中,UE的信息包括UE的标识信息、UE的业务数据流的特征信息以及业务数据流的QoS信息。具体的,RAN根据UE的业务数据流的特征信息,确定DRB的起始使用时间、使用时长、使用周期,根据UE的业务数据流的QoS信息,确定DRB的类型。As an implementation method, the uplink resource scheduling policy is determined by the RAN according to the received information of the UE, wherein the information of the UE includes the identification information of the UE, the feature information of the service data flow of the UE, and the QoS information of the service data flow. Specifically, the RAN determines the initial usage time, usage duration, and usage period of the DRB according to the characteristic information of the service data flow of the UE, and determines the type of the DRB according to the QoS information of the service data flow of the UE.
示例性地,以图9的UE 1为例,RAN接收到的UE 1的信息包含:UE 1的标识、UE 1的业务数据流的特征信息以及业务数据流的QoS信息,其中,UE 1的业务数据流的特征信息包含:时间周期为1秒,时间分片为60个,以及时间分片1对应的比特率为V1,时间分片2-60对应的比特率为V2,且V1大于V2。业务数据流的QoS信息包含:QFI,时间分片1对应QCI 83,时间分片2-60对应QCI 87,其中,QCI 83的等级高于QCI 87的等级。基于收到的UE 1的信息,RAN确定UE 1的上行资源调度策略,具体包含DRB 1的信息和DRB 2的信息。其中,DRB 1的信息包含:DRB 1的类型为类型1(该类型1对应QCI 83),DRB 1的使用起始时间为T1,使用时长为16.7ms,使用周期为1s。DRB 2的信息包含:DRB 2的类型为类型2(该类型2对应QCI 87),DRB 2的使用起始时间为T2,使用时长为983.3ms,使用周期为1s。后续,UE 1收到UE 1的上行资源调度策略后,可以确定在时间分片1使用DRB 1发送UE 1的上行峰值数据,在时间分片2-60使用DRB 2 发送UE1的上行普通数据。Exemplarily, taking the UE 1 of FIG. 9 as an example, the information of the UE 1 received by the RAN includes: the identifier of the UE 1, the feature information of the service data flow of the UE 1, and the QoS information of the service data flow, wherein the UE 1's The characteristic information of the service data stream includes: the time period is 1 second, the time slice is 60, the bit rate corresponding to time slice 1 is V1, the bit rate corresponding to time slice 2-60 is V2, and V1 is greater than V2 . The QoS information of the service data flow includes: QFI, time slice 1 corresponds to QCI 83, and time slices 2-60 correspond to QCI 87, wherein the level of QCI 83 is higher than that of QCI 87. Based on the received information of UE 1, the RAN determines the uplink resource scheduling policy of UE 1, which specifically includes the information of DRB 1 and the information of DRB 2. Among them, the information of DRB 1 includes: the type of DRB 1 is type 1 (this type 1 corresponds to QCI 83), the use start time of DRB 1 is T1, the use time is 16.7ms, and the use period is 1s. The information of DRB 2 includes: the type of DRB 2 is type 2 (this type 2 corresponds to QCI 87), the use start time of DRB 2 is T2, the use time is 983.3ms, and the use period is 1s. Subsequently, after UE 1 receives the uplink resource scheduling policy of UE 1, it can determine to use DRB 1 to send the uplink peak data of UE 1 in time slice 1, and use DRB 2 to send the uplink normal data of UE 1 in time slice 2-60.
针对其它UE,如UE 2、UE 3等,可以采用类似的方法为这些UE配置上行资源调度策略,比如参考图9,为UE 2配置的上行资源调度资源包含DRB 3的信息和DRB 4的信息,并且DRB 3用于发送UE 2的上行峰值数据,DRB 4用于发送UE 3的上行普通数据。并且,不同UE之间使用用于发送上行峰值数据的DRB相互错开。比如参考图9,UE 1与UE 2发送上行峰值数据的时间段是错开的,从而使得RAN在同一时间段内收到的上行峰值数据的数据量总和不会超过预设的数据量阈值,可以避免大流量对RAN的冲击而造成RAN处理能力不足。For other UEs, such as UE 2, UE 3, etc., a similar method can be used to configure uplink resource scheduling policies for these UEs. For example, referring to FIG. 9, the uplink resource scheduling resources configured for UE 2 include the information of DRB 3 and the information of DRB 4. , and DRB 3 is used to send the uplink peak data of UE 2, and DRB 4 is used to send the uplink normal data of UE 3. In addition, the DRBs used by different UEs for transmitting uplink peak data are staggered from each other. For example, referring to FIG. 9 , the time periods when UE 1 and UE 2 send uplink peak data are staggered, so that the sum of the data volume of uplink peak data received by the RAN in the same time period does not exceed the preset data volume threshold. Avoid the impact of heavy traffic on the RAN and cause insufficient RAN processing capacity.
步骤802,UE进行视频采集和编码。Step 802, the UE performs video capture and encoding.
UE接收到上行资源调度策略后,确定可以通过DRB 1和DRB 2进行上行数据传输的时间点和时间周期,进而UE可以调整其对应的视频采集和视频编码。例如,UE 1在对应DRB 1的传输时间窗口内采集视频数据并将视频数据编码为I帧,在对应DRB 2的传输时间窗口内采集视频数据并将视频数据编码为P帧。After receiving the uplink resource scheduling policy, the UE determines the time point and time period at which uplink data transmission can be performed through DRB 1 and DRB 2, and then the UE can adjust its corresponding video capture and video encoding. For example, UE 1 collects video data in the transmission time window corresponding to DRB 1 and encodes the video data into I frames, and collects video data in the transmission time window corresponding to DRB 2 and encodes the video data into P frames.
步骤803,UE通过DRB向RAN发送上行数据。相应地,RAN收到上行数据。Step 803, the UE sends uplink data to the RAN through the DRB. Correspondingly, the RAN receives the uplink data.
比如,UE 1在DRB 1对应的传输时间窗口内向RAN发送I帧数据,在DRB 2对应的传输时间窗口内向RAN发送P帧数据。UE 2在DRB 3对应的传输时间窗口内向RAN发送I帧数据,在DRB 4对应的传输时间窗口内向RAN发送P帧数据。For example, UE 1 sends I frame data to the RAN within the transmission time window corresponding to DRB 1, and sends P frame data to the RAN within the transmission time window corresponding to DRB 2. UE 2 sends I frame data to RAN within the transmission time window corresponding to DRB 3, and sends P frame data to RAN within the transmission time window corresponding to DRB 4.
如此,可以使得不同UE错开发送I帧数据的时间,因此可以错开峰值数据的重叠可能性。In this way, different UEs can be made to stagger the time of sending the I-frame data, so the overlapping possibility of the peak data can be staggered.
基于上述方案,RAN根据UE的上行业务数据流特征进行上行数据的调度,避免多个UE的上行传输同时发送峰值数据而导致超出网络的传输能力,从而可以保障数据传输的可靠性以及网络状态的稳定性。Based on the above solution, the RAN performs uplink data scheduling according to the characteristics of the uplink service data flow of the UE, so as to avoid the simultaneous transmission of peak data in the uplink transmission of multiple UEs, which may exceed the transmission capacity of the network, thereby ensuring the reliability of data transmission and the stability of the network status. stability.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,上述实现各网元为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本发明能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solution provided by the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. It can be understood that, in order to realize the above-mentioned functions, each network element in the above-mentioned implementation includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the present invention can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software in conjunction with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of the present invention.
可以理解的是,上述各个方法实施例中,对应由第一策略控制网元实现的步骤或者操作,也可以由配置于第一策略控制网元的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现,对应由第二策略控制网元实现的步骤或者操作,也可以由配置于第二策略控制网元的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现,对应由绑定支持网元实现的步骤或者操作,也可以由配置于绑定支持网元的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现,对应由应用功能网元实现的步骤或者操作,也可以由配置于应用功能网元的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现。It can be understood that, in the above method embodiments, the steps or operations corresponding to the first policy control network element may also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) configured in the first policy control network element, and corresponding to the steps or operations implemented by the first policy control network element. The steps or operations implemented by the two-policy control network element may also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) configured in the second policy control network element, and corresponding to the steps or operations implemented by the binding support network element, they may also be implemented by The components (such as chips or circuits) that support the network element binding are implemented, and the steps or operations corresponding to the steps or operations implemented by the application function network elements may also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) configured in the application function network elements.
参考图10,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的示意图。该装置用于实现上述实施例中对应接入网设备所执行的各个步骤,如图10所示,该装置1000包括收发单元1010和处理单元1020。Referring to FIG. 10 , it is a schematic diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application. The apparatus is used to implement each step performed by the corresponding access network device in the foregoing embodiment. As shown in FIG. 10 , the apparatus 1000 includes a transceiver unit 1010 and a processing unit 1020 .
处理单元1020,用于确定第一终端设备的第一上行资源调度策略和第二终端设备的第 二上行资源调度策略,所述第一上行资源调度策略包含第一数据无线承载DRB的信息,所述第一DRB用于承载所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第二上行资源调度策略包含第二DRB的信息,所述第二DRB用于承载所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第一DRB与所述第二DRB的使用时间段不完全重叠;收发单元1010,用于向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一上行资源调度策略,以及向所述第二终端设备发送所述第二上行资源调度策略。The processing unit 1020 is configured to determine a first uplink resource scheduling policy of the first terminal device and a second uplink resource scheduling policy of the second terminal device, where the first uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of the first data radio bearer DRB, so The first DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the first terminal device, the second uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of the second DRB, and the second DRB is used to carry the uplink peak value of the second terminal device data, the usage time periods of the first DRB and the second DRB do not completely overlap; the transceiver unit 1010 is configured to send the first uplink resource scheduling policy to the first terminal device, and send the first uplink resource scheduling policy to the second DRB. The terminal device sends the second uplink resource scheduling policy.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述收发单元1010,还用于在第一时间段内接收来自所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据和来自所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据承载在所述第一DRB,所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据承载在所述第二DRB,所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据的数据量与所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据的数据量之和不超过数据量阈值。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 1010 is further configured to receive the uplink peak data from the first terminal device and the uplink peak data from the second terminal device within the first time period, so The uplink peak data of the first terminal device is carried in the first DRB, the uplink peak data of the second terminal device is carried in the second DRB, and the data volume of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device is the same as that of the first terminal device. The sum of the data volume of the uplink peak data of the second terminal device does not exceed the data volume threshold.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述处理单元1020,具体用于根据所述第一终端设备的信息确定所述第一上行资源调度策略,以及根据所述第二终端设备的信息确定所述第二上行资源调度策略。In a possible implementation method, the processing unit 1020 is specifically configured to determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, and determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device The second uplink resource scheduling strategy.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述收发单元1010,还用于从会话管理网元接收所述第一终端设备的信息和所述第二终端设备的信息,所述第一终端设备的信息包含所述第一终端设备的标识信息、所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息和所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的第一服务质量QoS信息,所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的业务数据流在一个时间周期内的不同时间分片所对应的流量特征信息,所述第一QoS信息用于指示所述不同时间分片分别对应的QoS等级标识QCI,所述第二终端设备的信息包含所述第二终端设备的标识信息、所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息和所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的第二QoS信息,所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息用于指示所述第二终端设备的业务数据流在一个时间周期内的不同时间分片所对应的流量特征信息,所述第二QoS信息用于指示所述不同时间分片分别对应的QCI。In a possible implementation method, the transceiver unit 1010 is further configured to receive the information of the first terminal device and the information of the second terminal device from the session management network element, the information of the first terminal device Contains the identification information of the first terminal device, the feature information of the service data flow of the first terminal device, and the first quality of service QoS information of the service data flow of the first terminal device. The characteristic information of the service data flow is used to indicate the traffic characteristic information corresponding to different time slices of the service data flow of the first terminal device in a time period, and the first QoS information is used to indicate the different time slices. the corresponding QoS level identifiers QCI, the information of the second terminal device includes the identification information of the second terminal device, the feature information of the service data flow of the second terminal device, and the service of the second terminal device. The second QoS information of the data flow, the characteristic information of the service data flow of the second terminal device is used to indicate the traffic characteristic information corresponding to different time slices of the service data flow of the second terminal device in a time period , and the second QoS information is used to indicate the respective QCIs corresponding to the different time slices.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息包括第一时间周期、所述第一时间周期对应的至少两个时间分片和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的比特率,所述第一QoS信息包括QFI和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI,所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI不完全相同,所述第一终端设备的业务数据流映射至所述QFI对应的QoS流。In a possible implementation method, the feature information of the service data flow of the first terminal device includes a first time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the first time period, and the at least two time slices The bit rates corresponding to the slices respectively, the first QoS information includes the QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices, and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same, and the first terminal The service data flow of the device is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息包括第二时间周期、所述第二时间周期对应的至少两个时间分片和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的比特率,所述第二QoS信息包括QFI和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI,所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI不完全相同,所述第二终端设备的业务数据流映射至所述QFI对应的QoS流。In a possible implementation method, the feature information of the service data flow of the second terminal device includes a second time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the second time period, and the at least two time slices the bit rates corresponding to the slices respectively, the second QoS information includes the QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices, the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same, the second terminal The service data flow of the device is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的类型,所述第一DRB的类型用于指示所述第一DRB承载的业务数据流的流量特征;所述处理单元1020,用于根据所述第一终端设备的信息确定所述第一上行资源调度策略,具体包括:用于根据所述第一QoS信息确定所述第一DRB的类型。In a possible implementation method, the information of the first DRB includes the type of the first DRB, and the type of the first DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the first DRB; The processing unit 1020 is configured to determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, and specifically includes: determining the type of the first DRB according to the first QoS information.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第二DRB的信息包含所述第二DRB的类型,所述第二DRB的类型用于指示所述第二DRB承载的业务数据流的流量特征;所述处理单元1020, 用于根据所述第二终端设备的信息确定所述第二上行资源调度策略,具体包括:用于根据所述第二QoS信息确定所述第二DRB的类型。In a possible implementation method, the information of the second DRB includes the type of the second DRB, and the type of the second DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the second DRB; The processing unit 1020 is configured to determine the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, specifically including: determining the type of the second DRB according to the second QoS information.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长,所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长用于所述第一终端设备确定发送上行峰值数据的时间;所述处理单元1020,用于根据所述第一终端设备的信息确定所述第一上行资源调度策略,具体包括:用于根据所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息确定所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长。In a possible implementation method, the information of the first DRB includes the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB, the initial usage time of the first DRB and the The usage duration of the first DRB is used for the first terminal device to determine the time to send the uplink peak data; the processing unit 1020 is configured to determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, specifically The method includes: determining the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB according to the characteristic information of the service data flow of the first terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第二DRB的信息包含所述第二DRB的起始使用时间和所述第二DRB的使用时长,所述第二DRB的起始使用时间和所述第二DRB的使用时长用于所述第二终端设备确定发送上行峰值数据的时间;所述处理单元1020,用于根据所述第二终端设备的信息确定所述第二上行资源调度策略,具体包括:用于根据所述第二QoS信息确定所述第二DRB的类型。In a possible implementation method, the information of the second DRB includes an initial usage time of the second DRB and a usage duration of the second DRB, and the initial usage time of the second DRB and the The use duration of the second DRB is used for the second terminal device to determine the time to send the uplink peak data; the processing unit 1020 is configured to determine the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, specifically The method includes: determining the type of the second DRB according to the second QoS information.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的配置信息,所述第一DRB的配置信息包含时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、侦听参考信号资源指示、解调参考信号中的一个或多个。In a possible implementation method, the information of the first DRB includes configuration information of the first DRB, and the configuration information of the first DRB includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, One or more of listening reference signal resource indication and demodulation reference signal.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第二DRB的信息包含所述第二DRB的配置信息,所述第二DRB的配置信息包含时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、侦听参考信号资源指示、解调参考信号中的一个或多个。In a possible implementation method, the information of the second DRB includes configuration information of the second DRB, and the configuration information of the second DRB includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, One or more of listening reference signal resource indication and demodulation reference signal.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB承载的所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据包括I帧数据,所述第二DRB承载的所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据包括I帧数据。In a possible implementation method, the uplink peak data of the first terminal device carried by the first DRB includes I frame data, and the uplink peak data of the second terminal device carried by the second DRB includes I frame data.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一上行资源调度策略还包括第三DRB的信息,所述第三DRB用于承载所述第一终端设备的上行普通数据。In a possible implementation method, the first uplink resource scheduling policy further includes information of a third DRB, where the third DRB is used to carry the uplink general data of the first terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一终端设备的上行普通数据包括P帧数据。In a possible implementation method, the uplink normal data of the first terminal device includes P frame data.
可选的,上述通信装置1000还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元用于存储数据或者指令(也可以称为代码或者程序),上述各个单元可以和存储单元交互或者耦合,以实现对应的方法或者功能。例如,处理单元1020可以读取存储单元中的数据或者指令,使得通信装置实现上述实施例中的方法。Optionally, the above-mentioned communication apparatus 1000 may further include a storage unit, which is used to store data or instructions (also referred to as codes or programs), and each of the above-mentioned units may interact or be coupled with the storage unit to implement corresponding methods or Features. For example, the processing unit 1020 may read data or instructions in the storage unit, so that the communication apparatus implements the methods in the above embodiments.
应理解以上装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如,各个单元可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中,由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。此外这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件又可以成为处理器,可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。It should be understood that the division of units in the above apparatus is only a division of logical functions, and in actual implementation, it may be fully or partially integrated into one physical entity, or may be physically separated. And all the units in the device can be realized in the form of software calling through the processing element; also can all be realized in the form of hardware; some units can also be realized in the form of software calling through the processing element, and some units can be realized in the form of hardware. For example, each unit can be a separately established processing element, or can be integrated in a certain chip of the device to be implemented, and can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which can be called by a certain processing element of the device and execute the unit's processing. Features. In addition, all or part of these units can be integrated together, and can also be implemented independently. The processing element described here can also become a processor, which can be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or implemented in the form of software being invoked by the processing element.
在一个例子中,以上任一装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程 门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA),或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如,当装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。In one example, a unit in any of the above apparatuses may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, such as: one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), or, one or more Multiple microprocessors (digital singnal processors, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. For another example, when a unit in the apparatus can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, the processing element can be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU) or other processors that can invoke programs. For another example, these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
以上收发单元1010是一种该装置的接口电路,用于向其它装置发送信号或从其他装置接收信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该收发单元1010是该芯片用于向其它芯片或装置发送信号、或从其它芯片或装置接收信号的接口电路。The above transceiver unit 1010 is an interface circuit of the device, and is used to send signals to or receive signals from other devices. For example, when the device is implemented in the form of a chip, the transceiver unit 1010 is an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to or receive signals from other chips or devices.
参考图11,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的示意图。该装置用于实现上述实施例中对应终端设备所执行的各个步骤,如图11所示,该装置1100包括发送单元1110、接收单元1120和处理单元1130。Referring to FIG. 11 , it is a schematic diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application. The apparatus is used to implement each step performed by the corresponding terminal device in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 11 , the apparatus 1100 includes a sending unit 1110 , a receiving unit 1120 and a processing unit 1130 .
接收单元1120,用于接收来自接入网设备的第一上行资源调度策略,所述第一上行资源调度策略包含至少一个DRB的信息,所述至少一个DRB的信息包括第一DRB的信息,所述第一DRB用于承载第一终端设备的上行峰值数据;发送单元1110,用于根据所述第一上行资源调度策略,在所述第一DRB上向所述接入网设备发送所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据。A receiving unit 1120, configured to receive a first uplink resource scheduling policy from an access network device, where the first uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of at least one DRB, and the information of the at least one DRB includes information of the first DRB, so The first DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the first terminal device; the sending unit 1110 is configured to send the first DRB to the access network device on the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy Upstream peak data of a terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方法中,处理单元1130,用于根据所述第一上行资源调度策略和所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据的流量特征,确定所述第一DRB;所述发送单元1110,具体用于在所述第一DRB上向所述接入网设备发送所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据。In a possible implementation method, the processing unit 1130 is configured to determine the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy and the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device; the sending unit 1110, which is specifically configured to send the uplink peak data of the first terminal device to the access network device on the first DRB.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的类型,所述第一DRB的类型用于指示所述第一DRB承载的业务数据流的流量特征;所述处理单元1130,具体用于根据所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据的流量特征,确定所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据对应的DRB类型;确定与所述DRB类型对应的所述第一DRB。In a possible implementation method, the information of the first DRB includes the type of the first DRB, and the type of the first DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the first DRB; The processing unit 1130 is specifically configured to determine the DRB type corresponding to the uplink peak data of the first terminal device according to the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device; determine the first terminal device corresponding to the DRB type. a DRB.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长;所述发送单元1110,具体用于根据所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长,在所述第一DRB上向所述接入网设备发送所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据。In a possible implementation method, the information of the first DRB includes the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB; the sending unit 1110 is specifically configured to The initial usage time of a DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB, and the uplink peak data of the first terminal device is sent to the access network device on the first DRB.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的使用周期,所述使用周期用于指示所述第一终端设备发送上行峰值数据的周期。In a possible implementation method, the information of the first DRB includes a usage period of the first DRB, and the usage period is used to indicate a period during which the first terminal device sends uplink peak data.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的配置信息,所述第一DRB的配置信息包含时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、侦听参考信号资源指示、解调参考信号中的一个或多个。In a possible implementation method, the information of the first DRB includes configuration information of the first DRB, and the configuration information of the first DRB includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, One or more of listening reference signal resource indication and demodulation reference signal.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB承载的所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据包括I帧数据。In a possible implementation method, the uplink peak data of the first terminal device carried by the first DRB includes I-frame data.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一DRB与第二DRB的使用时间段不完全重叠,所述第二DRB用于承载第二终端设备的上行峰值数据;其中,在第一时间段内的所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据的数据量与所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据的数据量之和不超过数据量阈值。In a possible implementation method, the use time period of the first DRB and the second DRB do not completely overlap, and the second DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the second terminal device; wherein, in the first time period The sum of the data volume of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device and the data volume of the uplink peak data of the second terminal device does not exceed the data volume threshold.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一上行资源调度策略还包括第三DRB的信息,所述第三DRB用于承载所述第一终端设备的上行普通数据。In a possible implementation method, the first uplink resource scheduling policy further includes information of a third DRB, where the third DRB is used to carry the uplink general data of the first terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方法中,所述第一终端设备的上行普通数据包括P帧数据。In a possible implementation method, the uplink normal data of the first terminal device includes P frame data.
可选的,上述通信装置1100还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元用于存储数据或者指令(也可以称为代码或者程序),上述各个单元可以和存储单元交互或者耦合,以实现对应的方法或者功能。例如,处理单元1130可以读取存储单元中的数据或者指令,使得通信装置实现上述实施例中的方法。Optionally, the above-mentioned communication device 1100 may further include a storage unit, which is used to store data or instructions (also referred to as codes or programs), and each of the above-mentioned units may interact or be coupled with the storage unit to implement corresponding methods or Features. For example, the processing unit 1130 may read data or instructions in the storage unit, so that the communication apparatus implements the methods in the above embodiments.
应理解以上装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如,各个单元可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中,由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。此外这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件又可以成为处理器,可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。It should be understood that the division of units in the above apparatus is only a division of logical functions, and in actual implementation, it may be fully or partially integrated into one physical entity, or may be physically separated. And all the units in the device can be realized in the form of software calling through the processing element; also can all be realized in the form of hardware; some units can also be realized in the form of software calling through the processing element, and some units can be realized in the form of hardware. For example, each unit can be a separately established processing element, or can be integrated in a certain chip of the device to be implemented, and can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which can be called by a certain processing element of the device and execute the unit's processing. Features. In addition, all or part of these units can be integrated together, and can also be implemented independently. The processing element described here can also become a processor, which can be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or implemented in the form of software being invoked by the processing element.
在一个例子中,以上任一装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA,或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如,当装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如CPU或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以SOC的形式实现。In one example, a unit in any of the above apparatuses may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as: one or more ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGA, or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. For another example, when a unit in the apparatus can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, the processing element can be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU or other processors that can invoke programs. For another example, these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of SOC.
以上发送单元1110是一种该装置的接口电路,用于向其它装置发送信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该发送单元1110是该芯片用于向其它芯片或装置发送信号的接口电路。The above sending unit 1110 is an interface circuit of the device, and is used to send signals to other devices. For example, when the device is implemented in the form of a chip, the sending unit 1110 is an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
以上接收单元1120是一种该装置的接口电路,用于从其它装置接收信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该接收单元1120是该芯片用于从其它芯片或装置接收信号的接口电路。The above receiving unit 1120 is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from other devices. For example, when the device is implemented in the form of a chip, the receiving unit 1120 is an interface circuit used by the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices.
参考图12,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置示意图,用于实现以上实施例中接入网设备或终端设备的操作。如图12所示,该通信装置包括:处理器1210和接口1230,可选的,该通信装置还包括存储器1220。接口1230用于实现与其他设备进行通信。Referring to FIG. 12 , a schematic diagram of a communication apparatus provided in an embodiment of the present application is used to implement the operations of the access network device or the terminal device in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 12 , the communication apparatus includes: a processor 1210 and an interface 1230 , and optionally, the communication apparatus further includes a memory 1220 . The interface 1230 is used to enable communication with other devices.
以上实施例中接入网设备或终端设备执行的方法可以通过处理器1210调用存储器(可以是接入网设备或终端设备中的存储器1220,也可以是外部存储器)中存储的程序来实现。即,接入网设备或终端设备可以包括处理器1210,该处理器1210通过调用存储器中的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中接入网设备或终端设备执行的方法。这里的处理器可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路,例如CPU。接入网设备或终端设备可以通过配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路来实现。例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个微处理器DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等,或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。或者,可以结合以上实现方式。The method performed by the access network device or terminal device in the above embodiments can be implemented by the processor 1210 calling a program stored in a memory (which may be the memory 1220 in the access network device or the terminal device, or an external memory). That is, the access network device or the terminal device may include a processor 1210, and the processor 1210 executes the method performed by the access network device or the terminal device in the above method embodiments by invoking the program in the memory. The processor here may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability, such as a CPU. An access network device or terminal device may be implemented by one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods. For example: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessor DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. Alternatively, the above implementations may be combined.
具体的,图10中的收发单元1010和处理单元1020的功能/实现过程可以通过图12所示的通信装置1200中的处理器1210调用存储器1220中存储的计算机可执行指令来实现。或者,图10中的处理单元1020的功能/实现过程可以通过图12所示的通信装置1200中的 处理器1210调用存储器1220中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,以及,图10中的收发单元1010的功能/实现过程可以通过图12中所示的通信装置1200中的接口1230来实现。Specifically, the functions/implementation process of the transceiver unit 1010 and the processing unit 1020 in FIG. 10 may be implemented by the processor 1210 in the communication apparatus 1200 shown in FIG. 12 calling computer executable instructions stored in the memory 1220 . Alternatively, the function/implementation process of the processing unit 1020 in FIG. 10 may be implemented by the processor 1210 in the communication device 1200 shown in FIG. 12 calling the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 1220, and the transceiver unit 1010 in FIG. 10 The function/implementation process of the can be implemented through the interface 1230 in the communication device 1200 shown in FIG. 12 .
具体的,图11中的发送单元1110、接收单元1120和处理单元1130的功能/实现过程可以通过图12所示的通信装置1200中的处理器1210调用存储器1220中存储的计算机可执行指令来实现。或者,图11中的处理单元1130的功能/实现过程可以通过图12所示的通信装置1200中的处理器1210调用存储器1220中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,图11中的发送单元1110和接收单元1120的功能/实现过程可以通过图12中所示的通信装置1200中的接口1230来实现。Specifically, the functions/implementation process of the sending unit 1110, the receiving unit 1120 and the processing unit 1130 in FIG. 11 can be implemented by the processor 1210 in the communication apparatus 1200 shown in FIG. 12 calling the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 1220 . Alternatively, the function/implementation process of the processing unit 1130 in FIG. 11 can be implemented by the processor 1210 in the communication device 1200 shown in FIG. 12 calling the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 1220, the sending unit 1110 in FIG. 11 and the receiving unit 1110 in FIG. The function/implementation process of the unit 1120 may be implemented through the interface 1230 in the communication device 1200 shown in FIG. 12 .
本领域普通技术人员可以理解:本申请中涉及的第一、第二、第三、第四等各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围,也表示先后顺序。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个。至少两个是指两个或者多个。“至少一个”、“任意一个”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个、种),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。“多个”是指两个或两个以上,其它量词与之类似。Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that the first, second, third, fourth and other numeral numbers involved in this application are only for the convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the application, but also represent Sequentially. "And/or", which describes the association relationship of the associated objects, means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one" means one or more. At least two means two or more. "At least one", "any one", or similar expressions, refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single item(s) or plural item(s). For example, at least one item (single, species) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple. "Plurality" means two or more, and other quantifiers are similar.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the embodiments of the present invention. implementation constitutes any limitation.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算 机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包括一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above-mentioned embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center is by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access, or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes an integration of one or more available media. The usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks (SSDs)), and the like.
本申请实施例中所描述的各种说明性的逻辑单元和电路可以通过通用处理器,数字信号处理器,专用集成电路(ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或其它可编程逻辑装置,离散门或晶体管逻辑,离散硬件部件,或上述任何组合的设计来实现或操作所描述的功能。通用处理器可以为微处理器,可选地,该通用处理器也可以为任何传统的处理器、控制器、微控制器或状态机。处理器也可以通过计算装置的组合来实现,例如数字信号处理器和微处理器,多个微处理器,一个或多个微处理器联合一个数字信号处理器核,或任何其它类似的配置来实现。The various illustrative logic units and circuits described in the embodiments of this application may be implemented by general purpose processors, digital signal processors, application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, Discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination of the above are designed to implement or operate the described functions. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or alternatively, the general-purpose processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. A processor may also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in combination with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration. accomplish.
本申请实施例中所描述的方法或算法的步骤可以直接嵌入硬件、处理器执行的软件单元、或者这两者的结合。软件单元可以存储于随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、可移动磁盘、CD-ROM或本领域中其它任意形式的存储媒介中。示例性地,存储媒介可以与处理器连接,以使得处理器可以从存储媒介中读取信息,并可以向存储媒介存写信息。可选地,存储媒介还可以集成到处理器中。处理器和存储媒介可以设置于ASIC中。The steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of this application may be directly embedded in hardware, a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of the two. Software units can be stored in random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or this. In any other form of storage media in the field. Illustratively, a storage medium may be coupled to the processor such that the processor may read information from, and store information in, the storage medium. Optionally, the storage medium can also be integrated into the processor. The processor and storage medium may be provided in the ASIC.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing device to cause a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process such that The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in the flow or blocks of the flowcharts and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.
在一个或多个示例性的设计中,本申请所描述的上述功能可以在硬件、软件、固件或这三者的任意组合来实现。如果在软件中实现,这些功能可以存储与电脑可读的媒介上,或以一个或多个指令或代码形式传输于电脑可读的媒介上。电脑可读媒介包括电脑存储媒介和便于使得让电脑程序从一个地方转移到其它地方的通信媒介。存储媒介可以是任何通用或特殊电脑可以接入访问的可用媒体。例如,这样的电脑可读媒体可以包括但不限于RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其它光盘存储、磁盘存储或其它磁性存储装置,或其它任何可以用于承载或存储以指令或数据结构和其它可被通用或特殊电脑、或通用或特殊处理器读取形式的程序代码的媒介。此外,任何连接都可以被适当地定义为电脑可读媒介,例如,如果软件是从一个网站站点、服务器或其它远程资源通过一个同轴电缆、光纤电脑、双绞线、数字用户线(DSL)或以例如红外、无线和微波等无线方式传输的也被包含在所定义的电脑可读媒介中。所述的碟片(disk)和磁盘(disc)包括压缩磁盘、镭射盘、光盘、数字通用光盘(英文:Digital Versatile Disc,简称:DVD)、软盘和蓝光光盘,磁盘通常以磁性复制数据,而碟片通常以激光进行光学复制数据。上述的组合也可以包含在电脑可读媒介中。In one or more exemplary designs, the above-described functions described herein may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination of the three. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored on, or transmitted over, a computer-readable medium in the form of one or more instructions or code. Computer-readable media includes computer storage media and communication media that facilitate the transfer of a computer program from one place to another. Storage media can be any available media that a general-purpose or special-purpose computer can access. For example, such computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other device that can be used to carry or store instructions or data structures and Other media in the form of program code that can be read by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer, or a general-purpose or special-purpose processor. In addition, any connection is properly defined as a computer-readable medium, for example, if software is transmitted from a website site, server or other remote source over a coaxial cable, fiber optic computer, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL) Or transmitted by wireless means such as infrared, wireless, and microwave are also included in the definition of computer-readable media. The discs and magnetic discs include compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (English: Digital Versatile Disc, DVD for short), floppy discs and Blu-ray discs. Disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while Discs usually use lasers to optically reproduce data. Combinations of the above can also be included in computer readable media.
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,在上述一个或多个示例中,本申请所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以将这些功能存 储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质,其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。Those skilled in the art should appreciate that, in one or more of the above examples, the functions described in this application may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another. A storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.
以上所述的具体实施方式,对本申请的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明,所应理解的是,以上所述仅为本申请的具体实施方式而已,并不用于限定本申请的保护范围,凡在本申请的技术方案的基础之上,所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包括在本申请的保护范围之内。本申请说明书的上述描述可以使得本领域技术任何可以利用或实现本申请的内容,任何基于所公开内容的修改都应该被认为是本领域显而易见的,本申请所描述的基本原则可以应用到其它变形中而不偏离本申请的发明本质和范围。因此,本申请所公开的内容不仅仅局限于所描述的实施例和设计,还可以扩展到与本申请原则和所公开的新特征一致的最大范围。The specific embodiments described above further describe the purpose, technical solutions and beneficial effects of the present application in detail. It should be understood that the above descriptions are only specific embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the The protection scope, any modifications, equivalent replacements, improvements, etc. made on the basis of the technical solutions of the present application shall be included within the protection scope of the present application. The above description of the specification of this application can enable any skilled in the art to utilize or realize the content of this application, and any modifications based on the disclosed content should be considered obvious in the art, and the basic principles described in this application can be applied to other modifications without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention of the present application. Thus, the present disclosure is not intended to be limited only to the embodiments and designs described, but can be extended to the fullest extent consistent with the principles of this application and the novel features disclosed.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申请的精神和范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包括这些改动和变型在内。Although the application has been described in conjunction with specific features and embodiments thereof, it will be apparent that various modifications and combinations can be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Accordingly, this specification and drawings are merely exemplary illustrations of the application as defined by the appended claims, and are deemed to cover any and all modifications, variations, combinations or equivalents within the scope of this application. Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present application without departing from the scope of the present application. Thus, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalents, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (29)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    接入网设备确定第一终端设备的第一上行资源调度策略和第二终端设备的第二上行资源调度策略,所述第一上行资源调度策略包含第一数据无线承载DRB的信息,所述第一DRB用于承载所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第二上行资源调度策略包含第二DRB的信息,所述第二DRB用于承载所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第一DRB与所述第二DRB的使用时间段不完全重叠;The access network device determines a first uplink resource scheduling policy of the first terminal device and a second uplink resource scheduling policy of the second terminal device, where the first uplink resource scheduling policy includes information about the first data radio bearer DRB, and the first uplink resource scheduling policy A DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the first terminal device, the second uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of the second DRB, and the second DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the second terminal device, The usage time periods of the first DRB and the second DRB do not completely overlap;
    所述接入网设备向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一上行资源调度策略,以及向所述第二终端设备发送所述第二上行资源调度策略。The access network device sends the first uplink resource scheduling policy to the first terminal device, and sends the second uplink resource scheduling policy to the second terminal device.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    所述接入网设备在第一时间段内接收来自所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据和来自所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据承载在所述第一DRB,所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据承载在所述第二DRB,所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据的数据量与所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据的数据量之和不超过数据量阈值。The access network device receives the uplink peak data from the first terminal device and the uplink peak data from the second terminal device within the first time period, and the uplink peak data of the first terminal device is carried in the The first DRB, the uplink peak data of the second terminal device is carried in the second DRB, the data volume of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device and the data volume of the uplink peak data of the second terminal device The sum does not exceed the data volume threshold.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that,
    所述接入网设备确定第一终端设备的第一上行资源调度策略和第二终端设备的第二上行资源调度策略,包括:The access network device determines the first uplink resource scheduling policy of the first terminal device and the second uplink resource scheduling policy of the second terminal device, including:
    所述接入网设备根据第一终端设备的信息确定所述第一上行资源调度策略,以及根据第二终端设备的信息确定所述第二上行资源调度策略。The access network device determines the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, and determines the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 3, further comprising:
    所述接入网设备从会话管理网元接收所述第一终端设备的信息和所述第二终端设备的信息,所述第一终端设备的信息包含所述第一终端设备的标识信息、所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息和所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的第一服务质量QoS信息,所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的业务数据流在一个时间周期内的不同时间分片所对应的流量特征信息,所述第一QoS信息用于指示所述不同时间分片分别对应的QoS等级标识QCI,所述第二终端设备的信息包含所述第二终端设备的标识信息、所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息和所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的第二QoS信息,所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息用于指示所述第二终端设备的业务数据流在一个时间周期内的不同时间分片所对应的流量特征信息,所述第二QoS信息用于指示所述不同时间分片分别对应的QCI。The access network device receives the information of the first terminal device and the information of the second terminal device from the session management network element, where the information of the first terminal device includes the identification information of the first terminal device, the feature information of the service data flow of the first terminal device and first quality of service QoS information of the service data flow of the first terminal device, and the feature information of the service data flow of the first terminal device is used to indicate the first Traffic characteristic information corresponding to different time slices of a service data flow of a terminal device in a time period, the first QoS information is used to indicate the QoS level identifiers QCI corresponding to the different time slices respectively, the first QoS information The information of the second terminal equipment includes the identification information of the second terminal equipment, the characteristic information of the service data flow of the second terminal equipment, and the second QoS information of the service data flow of the second terminal equipment. The characteristic information of the service data flow of the terminal device is used to indicate the traffic characteristic information corresponding to different time slices of the service data flow of the second terminal device in a time period, and the second QoS information is used to indicate the QCIs corresponding to different time slices.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的类型、所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长,所述第一DRB的类型用于指示所述第一DRB承载的业务数据流的流量特征,所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长用于所述第一终端设备确定发送上行峰值数据的时间;The method according to claim 4, wherein the information of the first DRB includes the type of the first DRB, the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB, and the The type of the first DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the first DRB, and the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB are used for the first terminal device Determine the time to send uplink peak data;
    所述接入网设备根据所述第一终端设备的信息确定所述第一上行资源调度策略,包括:The access network device determines the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, including:
    所述接入网设备根据所述第一QoS信息确定所述第一DRB的类型;The access network device determines the type of the first DRB according to the first QoS information;
    所述接入网设备根据所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息确定所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长;The access network device determines, according to the feature information of the service data flow of the first terminal device, the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB;
    所述第二DRB的信息包含所述第二DRB的类型、所述第二DRB的起始使用时间和 所述第二DRB的使用时长,所述第二DRB的类型用于指示所述第二DRB承载的业务数据流的流量特征,所述第二DRB的起始使用时间和所述第二DRB的使用时长用于所述第二终端设备确定发送上行峰值数据的时间;The information of the second DRB includes the type of the second DRB, the initial use time of the second DRB, and the use time of the second DRB, and the type of the second DRB is used to indicate the second DRB. The traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the DRB, the initial usage time of the second DRB and the usage duration of the second DRB are used for the second terminal device to determine the time to send the uplink peak data;
    所述接入网设备根据所述第二终端设备的信息确定所述第二上行资源调度策略,包括:The access network device determines the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, including:
    所述接入网设备根据所述第二QoS信息确定所述第二DRB的类型;The access network device determines the type of the second DRB according to the second QoS information;
    所述接入网设备根据所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息确定所述第二DRB的起始使用时间和所述第二DRB的使用时长。The access network device determines an initial use time of the second DRB and a use time of the second DRB according to the characteristic information of the service data flow of the second terminal device.
  6. 如权利要求4或5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息包括第一时间周期、所述第一时间周期对应的至少两个时间分片和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的比特率,所述第一QoS信息包括QFI和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI,所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI不完全相同,所述第一终端设备的业务数据流映射至所述QFI对应的QoS流;The method according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the characteristic information of the service data flow of the first terminal device comprises a first time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the first time period and all The bit rates corresponding to the at least two time slices respectively, the first QoS information includes the QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices respectively, and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same , the service data flow of the first terminal device is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI;
    所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息包括第二时间周期、所述第二时间周期对应的至少两个时间分片和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的比特率,所述第二QoS信息包括QFI和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI,所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI不完全相同,所述第二终端设备的业务数据流映射至所述QFI对应的QoS流。The feature information of the service data stream of the second terminal device includes a second time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the second time period, and bit rates corresponding to the at least two time slices respectively, and the The second QoS information includes the QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices, the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same, and the service data flow of the second terminal device is mapped to the The QoS flow corresponding to the QFI.
  7. 如权利要求1-6任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的配置信息,所述第一DRB的配置信息包含时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、侦听参考信号资源指示、解调参考信号中的一个或多个;The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the information of the first DRB includes configuration information of the first DRB, and the configuration information of the first DRB includes time domain resources and frequency domain resources , one or more of modulation and coding scheme, antenna port, listening reference signal resource indication, and demodulation reference signal;
    所述第二DRB的信息包含所述第二DRB的配置信息,所述第二DRB的配置信息包含时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、侦听参考信号资源指示、解调参考信号中的一个或多个。The information of the second DRB includes configuration information of the second DRB, and the configuration information of the second DRB includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding schemes, antenna ports, listening reference signal resource indication, demodulation one or more of the reference signals.
  8. 如权利要求1-7任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DRB承载的所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据包括I帧数据,所述第二DRB承载的所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据包括I帧数据。The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the uplink peak data of the first terminal device carried by the first DRB includes I-frame data, and the second DRB carried by the second DRB The uplink peak data of the terminal equipment includes I frame data.
  9. 如权利要求1-8任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行资源调度策略还包括第三DRB的信息,所述第三DRB用于承载所述第一终端设备的上行普通数据。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the first uplink resource scheduling policy further includes information of a third DRB, and the third DRB is used to carry the uplink normal data of the first terminal device. data.
  10. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    第一终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第一上行资源调度策略,所述第一上行资源调度策略包含至少一个DRB的信息,所述至少一个DRB的信息包括第一DRB的信息,所述第一DRB用于承载所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据;The first terminal device receives the first uplink resource scheduling policy from the access network device, the first uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of at least one DRB, the information of the at least one DRB includes information of the first DRB, the first A DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the first terminal device;
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一上行资源调度策略,在所述第一DRB上向所述接入网设备发送所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据。The first terminal device sends the uplink peak data of the first terminal device to the access network device on the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备根据所述第一上行资源调度策略,在所述第一DRB上向所述接入网设备发送所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据,包括:The method of claim 10, wherein the first terminal device sends the first terminal device to the access network device on the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy The upstream peak data of , including:
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一上行资源调度策略和所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据的流量特征,确定所述第一DRB;determining, by the first terminal device, the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy and traffic characteristics of uplink peak data of the first terminal device;
    所述第一终端设备在所述第一DRB上向所述接入网设备发送所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据。The first terminal device sends the uplink peak data of the first terminal device to the access network device on the first DRB.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的类型,所述第一DRB的类型用于指示所述第一DRB承载的业务数据流的流量特征;The method of claim 11, wherein the information of the first DRB includes a type of the first DRB, and the type of the first DRB is used to indicate the type of service data flow carried by the first DRB. traffic characteristics;
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一上行资源调度策略和所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据的流量特征,确定所述第一DRB,包括:The first terminal device determines the first DRB according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy and the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device, including:
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据的流量特征,确定所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据对应的DRB类型;The first terminal device determines a DRB type corresponding to the uplink peak data of the first terminal device according to the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device;
    所述第一终端设备确定与所述DRB类型对应的所述第一DRB。The first terminal device determines the first DRB corresponding to the DRB type.
  13. 如权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长;The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the information of the first DRB includes an initial usage time of the first DRB and a usage duration of the first DRB;
    所述第一终端设备在所述第一DRB上向所述接入网设备发送所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据,包括:The first terminal device sends the uplink peak data of the first terminal device to the access network device on the first DRB, including:
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长,在所述第一DRB上向所述接入网设备发送所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据。The first terminal device sends the uplink of the first terminal device to the access network device on the first DRB according to the initial use time of the first DRB and the use duration of the first DRB peak data.
  14. 如权利要求10-13任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的使用周期,所述使用周期用于指示所述第一终端设备发送上行峰值数据的周期。The method according to any one of claims 10-13, wherein the information of the first DRB includes a usage period of the first DRB, and the usage period is used to instruct the first terminal device to send an uplink peak value period of data.
  15. 如权利要求10-14任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的配置信息,所述第一DRB的配置信息包含时域资源、频域资源、调制编码方案、天线端口、侦听参考信号资源指示、解调参考信号中的一个或多个。The method according to any one of claims 10-14, wherein the information of the first DRB includes configuration information of the first DRB, and the configuration information of the first DRB includes time domain resources and frequency domain resources , modulation and coding scheme, antenna port, listening reference signal resource indication, one or more of demodulation reference signal.
  16. 如权利要求10-15任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DRB承载的所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据包括I帧数据。The method according to any one of claims 10-15, wherein the uplink peak data of the first terminal device carried by the first DRB includes I-frame data.
  17. 如权利要求10-16任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DRB与第二DRB的使用时间段不完全重叠,所述第二DRB用于承载第二终端设备的上行峰值数据;其中,在第一时间段内的所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据的数据量与所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据的数据量之和不超过数据量阈值。The method according to any one of claims 10-16, wherein the use time period of the first DRB and the second DRB do not completely overlap, and the second DRB is used to carry uplink peak data of the second terminal device ; wherein, the sum of the data volume of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device and the data volume of the uplink peak data of the second terminal device within the first time period does not exceed the data volume threshold.
  18. 如权利要求10-17任一所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 10-17, wherein,
    所述第一上行资源调度策略还包括第三DRB的信息,所述第三DRB用于承载所述第一终端设备的上行普通数据。The first uplink resource scheduling policy further includes information of a third DRB, where the third DRB is used to carry the normal uplink data of the first terminal device.
  19. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    处理单元,用于确定第一终端设备的第一上行资源调度策略和第二终端设备的第二上行资源调度策略,所述第一上行资源调度策略包含第一数据无线承载DRB的信息,所述第一DRB用于承载所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第二上行资源调度策略包含第二DRB的信息,所述第二DRB用于承载所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第一DRB与所述第二DRB的使用时间段不完全重叠;a processing unit, configured to determine a first uplink resource scheduling policy of the first terminal device and a second uplink resource scheduling policy of the second terminal device, where the first uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of the first data radio bearer DRB, the The first DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the first terminal device, the second uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of the second DRB, and the second DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the second terminal device , the use time periods of the first DRB and the second DRB do not completely overlap;
    收发单元,用于向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一上行资源调度策略,以及向所述第二终端设备发送所述第二上行资源调度策略。A transceiver unit, configured to send the first uplink resource scheduling policy to the first terminal device, and send the second uplink resource scheduling policy to the second terminal device.
  20. 如权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元,还用于在第一时间段内接收来自所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据和来自所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据承载在所述第一DRB,所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据承载在所述第二DRB,所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据的数据量与所述第二终端设备 的上行峰值数据的数据量之和不超过数据量阈值。The apparatus according to claim 19, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to receive uplink peak data from the first terminal device and uplink peak data from the second terminal device within a first time period data, the uplink peak data of the first terminal device is carried in the first DRB, the uplink peak data of the second terminal device is carried in the second DRB, the data of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device The sum of the data volume and the data volume of the uplink peak data of the second terminal device does not exceed the data volume threshold.
  21. 如权利要求19或20所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 19 or 20, wherein:
    所述处理单元,具体用于根据所述第一终端设备的信息确定所述第一上行资源调度策略,以及根据所述第二终端设备的信息确定所述第二上行资源调度策略。The processing unit is specifically configured to determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, and determine the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device.
  22. 如权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元,还用于从会话管理网元接收所述第一终端设备的信息和所述第二终端设备的信息,所述第一终端设备的信息包含所述第一终端设备的标识信息、所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息和所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的第一服务质量QoS信息,所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的业务数据流在一个时间周期内的不同时间分片所对应的流量特征信息,所述第一QoS信息用于指示所述不同时间分片分别对应的QoS等级标识QCI,所述第二终端设备的信息包含所述第二终端设备的标识信息、所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息和所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的第二QoS信息,所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息用于指示所述第二终端设备的业务数据流在一个时间周期内的不同时间分片所对应的流量特征信息,所述第二QoS信息用于指示所述不同时间分片分别对应的QCI。The apparatus according to claim 21, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to receive the information of the first terminal device and the information of the second terminal device from a session management network element, the first terminal The information of the device includes the identification information of the first terminal device, the feature information of the service data flow of the first terminal device, and the first quality of service QoS information of the service data flow of the first terminal device. The characteristic information of the service data flow of the terminal device is used to indicate the traffic characteristic information corresponding to different time slices of the service data flow of the first terminal device in a time period, and the first QoS information is used to indicate the The QoS level identifiers QCI corresponding to different time slices respectively, the information of the second terminal device includes the identification information of the second terminal device, the feature information of the service data flow of the second terminal device, and the second terminal device. The second QoS information of the service data flow of the device, and the feature information of the service data flow of the second terminal device is used to indicate that the service data flow of the second terminal device corresponds to different time slices in a time period. Traffic characteristic information, where the second QoS information is used to indicate the QCIs corresponding to the different time slices respectively.
  23. 如权利要求22所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的类型、所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长,所述第一DRB的类型用于指示所述第一DRB承载的业务数据流的流量特征,所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长用于所述第一终端设备确定发送上行峰值数据的时间;The apparatus according to claim 22, wherein the information of the first DRB includes the type of the first DRB, the initial usage time of the first DRB, and the usage duration of the first DRB, and the The type of the first DRB is used to indicate the traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the first DRB, and the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB are used for the first terminal device Determine the time to send uplink peak data;
    所述处理单元,用于根据所述第一终端设备的信息确定所述第一上行资源调度策略,具体包括:用于根据所述第一QoS信息确定所述第一DRB的类型;根据所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息确定所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长;The processing unit, configured to determine the first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, specifically includes: determining the type of the first DRB according to the first QoS information; The characteristic information of the service data flow of the first terminal device determines the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB;
    所述第二DRB的信息包含所述第二DRB的类型、所述第二DRB的起始使用时间和所述第二DRB的使用时长,所述第二DRB的类型用于指示所述第二DRB承载的业务数据流的流量特征,所述第二DRB的起始使用时间和所述第二DRB的使用时长用于所述第二终端设备确定发送上行峰值数据的时间;The information of the second DRB includes the type of the second DRB, the initial use time of the second DRB, and the use time of the second DRB, and the type of the second DRB is used to indicate the second DRB. The traffic characteristics of the service data flow carried by the DRB, the initial usage time of the second DRB and the usage duration of the second DRB are used for the second terminal device to determine the time to send the uplink peak data;
    所述处理单元,用于根据所述第二终端设备的信息确定所述第二上行资源调度策略,具体包括:用于根据所述第二QoS信息确定所述第二DRB的类型;根据所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息确定所述第二DRB的起始使用时间和所述第二DRB的使用时长。The processing unit, configured to determine the second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, specifically includes: determining the type of the second DRB according to the second QoS information; The characteristic information of the service data flow of the second terminal device determines the starting time of use of the second DRB and the use time of the second DRB.
  24. 如权利要求22或23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息包括第一时间周期、所述第一时间周期对应的至少两个时间分片和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的比特率,所述第一QoS信息包括QFI和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI,所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI不完全相同,所述第一终端设备的业务数据流映射至所述QFI对应的QoS流;The apparatus according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the characteristic information of the service data flow of the first terminal device comprises a first time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the first time period and all The bit rates corresponding to the at least two time slices respectively, the first QoS information includes the QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices respectively, and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same , the service data flow of the first terminal device is mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the QFI;
    所述第二终端设备的业务数据流的特征信息包括第二时间周期、所述第二时间周期对应的至少两个时间分片和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的比特率,所述第二QoS信息包括QFI和所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI,所述至少两个时间分片分别对应的QCI不完全相同,所述第二终端设备的业务数据流映射至所述QFI对应的QoS流。The feature information of the service data stream of the second terminal device includes a second time period, at least two time slices corresponding to the second time period, and bit rates corresponding to the at least two time slices respectively, and the The second QoS information includes the QFI and the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices, the QCIs corresponding to the at least two time slices are not exactly the same, and the service data flow of the second terminal device is mapped to the The QoS flow corresponding to the QFI.
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收来自接入网设备的第一上行资源调度策略,所述第一上行资源调度策略包含至少一个DRB的信息,所述至少一个DRB的信息包括第一DRB的信息,所述第一DRB用于承载第一终端设备的上行峰值数据;a receiving unit, configured to receive a first uplink resource scheduling policy from an access network device, the first uplink resource scheduling policy includes information of at least one DRB, the information of the at least one DRB includes information of the first DRB, the The first DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the first terminal device;
    发送单元,用于根据所述第一上行资源调度策略,在所述第一DRB上向所述接入网设备发送所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据。A sending unit, configured to send the uplink peak data of the first terminal device on the first DRB to the access network device according to the first uplink resource scheduling policy.
  26. 如权利要求25所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括处理单元,用于根据所述第一上行资源调度策略和所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据的流量特征,确定所述第一DRB;The apparatus according to claim 25, wherein the apparatus further comprises a processing unit, configured to determine the the first DRB;
    所述发送单元,具体用于在所述第一DRB上向所述接入网设备发送所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据。The sending unit is specifically configured to send the uplink peak data of the first terminal device to the access network device on the first DRB.
  27. 如权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的类型,所述第一DRB的类型用于指示所述第一DRB承载的业务数据流的流量特征;The apparatus of claim 26, wherein the information of the first DRB includes a type of the first DRB, and the type of the first DRB is used to indicate the type of service data flow carried by the first DRB. traffic characteristics;
    所述处理单元,具体用于根据所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据的流量特征,确定所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据对应的DRB类型;确定与所述DRB类型对应的所述第一DRB。The processing unit is specifically configured to determine the DRB type corresponding to the uplink peak data of the first terminal device according to the traffic characteristics of the uplink peak data of the first terminal device; determine the first terminal device corresponding to the DRB type. a DRB.
  28. 如权利要求26或27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一DRB的信息包含所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长;The apparatus according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the information of the first DRB includes an initial usage time of the first DRB and a usage duration of the first DRB;
    所述发送单元,具体用于根据所述第一DRB的起始使用时间和所述第一DRB的使用时长,在所述第一DRB上向所述接入网设备发送所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据。The sending unit is specifically configured to send the first terminal device to the access network device on the first DRB according to the initial usage time of the first DRB and the usage duration of the first DRB up peak data.
  29. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括接入网设备和会话管理网元;A communication system, characterized in that it includes an access network device and a session management network element;
    所述会话管理网元,用于向所述接入网设备发送第一终端设备的信息和第二终端设备的信息;the session management network element, configured to send the information of the first terminal device and the information of the second terminal device to the access network device;
    所述接入网设备,用于根据所述第一终端设备的信息确定第一上行资源调度策略,以及根据所述第二终端设备的信息确定第二上行资源调度策略,所述第一上行资源调度策略包含第一数据无线承载DRB的信息,所述第一DRB用于承载所述第一终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第二上行资源调度策略包含第二DRB的信息,所述第二DRB用于承载所述第二终端设备的上行峰值数据,所述第一DRB与所述第二DRB的使用时间段不完全重叠;向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一上行资源调度策略,以及向所述第二终端设备发送所述第二上行资源调度策略。The access network device is configured to determine a first uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the first terminal device, and determine a second uplink resource scheduling policy according to the information of the second terminal device, the first uplink resource The scheduling policy includes the information of the first data radio bearer DRB, the first DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the first terminal device, the second uplink resource scheduling policy includes the information of the second DRB, the second The DRB is used to carry the uplink peak data of the second terminal device, and the usage time periods of the first DRB and the second DRB do not completely overlap; sending the first uplink resource scheduling policy to the first terminal device , and send the second uplink resource scheduling policy to the second terminal device.
PCT/CN2020/119475 2020-09-30 2020-09-30 Communication method, apparatus, and system WO2022067700A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/119475 WO2022067700A1 (en) 2020-09-30 2020-09-30 Communication method, apparatus, and system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/119475 WO2022067700A1 (en) 2020-09-30 2020-09-30 Communication method, apparatus, and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022067700A1 true WO2022067700A1 (en) 2022-04-07

Family

ID=80949313

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/119475 WO2022067700A1 (en) 2020-09-30 2020-09-30 Communication method, apparatus, and system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022067700A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20230224723A1 (en) * 2022-01-07 2023-07-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Peak traffic position adjustment for wireless communication
WO2023208115A1 (en) * 2022-04-29 2023-11-02 维沃移动通信有限公司 Data control method and apparatus, and communication device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102595599A (en) * 2011-01-17 2012-07-18 华为技术有限公司 Method, base station and system for scheduling evolution base station in long-term evolution system
CN102685895A (en) * 2011-03-11 2012-09-19 华为技术有限公司 Method, system and device for scheduling uplink data
WO2018170835A1 (en) * 2017-03-23 2018-09-27 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Uplink data transmission method, terminal, network side device and system
CN109756936A (en) * 2017-11-07 2019-05-14 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A kind of mapping method of stream, method of reseptance, the network equipment and terminal

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102595599A (en) * 2011-01-17 2012-07-18 华为技术有限公司 Method, base station and system for scheduling evolution base station in long-term evolution system
CN102685895A (en) * 2011-03-11 2012-09-19 华为技术有限公司 Method, system and device for scheduling uplink data
WO2018170835A1 (en) * 2017-03-23 2018-09-27 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Uplink data transmission method, terminal, network side device and system
CN109756936A (en) * 2017-11-07 2019-05-14 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A kind of mapping method of stream, method of reseptance, the network equipment and terminal

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NOKIA, ALCATEL-LUCENT SHANGHAI BELL: "DRB mapping in UL", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-166162 DRB MAPPING IN UPLINK, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Kaohsiung, Taiwan; 20161010 - 20161014, 9 October 2016 (2016-10-09), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051150776 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20230224723A1 (en) * 2022-01-07 2023-07-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Peak traffic position adjustment for wireless communication
WO2023208115A1 (en) * 2022-04-29 2023-11-02 维沃移动通信有限公司 Data control method and apparatus, and communication device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11917498B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
CN107005851A (en) A kind of device-to-device D2D communication means, apparatus and system
EP4138439A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
CN113993094B (en) Communication method, first policy control network element and communication system
JP7494327B2 (en) COMMUNICATION METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM
KR20240060722A (en) Methods and apparatuses for logical tsn bridge
CN113923682B (en) Communication method, device and system
US11824783B2 (en) Maximum data burst volume (MDBV) determining method, apparatus, and system
WO2022067700A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
CN107431953A (en) The method and apparatus of Business Stream shunting
WO2020195686A1 (en) System and method therefor
US20230050923A1 (en) Media packet transmission method, apparatus, and system
WO2023284551A1 (en) Communication method, device and system
US20220256395A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
WO2022037097A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
CN113596909B (en) Communication method, device and system
US9504021B1 (en) Long term evolution (LTE) network control of carrier aggregation for user equipment
WO2022067699A1 (en) Service data flow transmission method, communication device, and communication system
JP7472279B2 (en) COMMUNICATION METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM
WO2022160210A1 (en) Service data flow transmission method, communication device, and communication system
WO2022183497A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023050828A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN115696462A (en) Network coding method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20955725

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20955725

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1